From 345b1466211e84dd00e1d874bec410a908b8b2a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "github-actions[bot]" <41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Mon, 6 Jul 2026 10:05:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] deploy: a658996dd162a8e9f36dcac1a6b41b2565446189 --- 404.html | 2 +- assets/js/9640838e.649f8555.js | 1 - assets/js/9640838e.fe914e9d.js | 1 + assets/js/d1393a72.3bcf00b8.js | 1 - assets/js/d1393a72.c73d6ece.js | 1 + ...n.bc6b01b1.js => runtime~main.fa3d6f58.js} | 2 +- blog/archive/index.html | 2 +- blog/authors/index.html | 2 +- blog/first-blog-post/index.html | 2 +- blog/index.html | 2 +- blog/long-blog-post/index.html | 2 +- blog/mdx-blog-post/index.html | 2 +- blog/tags/docusaurus/index.html | 2 +- blog/tags/facebook/index.html | 2 +- blog/tags/hello/index.html | 2 +- blog/tags/hola/index.html | 2 +- blog/tags/index.html | 2 +- blog/welcome/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/api-intro/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/contactlist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/createcontact/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/createdocument/index.html | 2 +- .../createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/createfolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/createtemplate/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/delete-template/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/delete-webhook/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletecontact/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletedocument/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletefolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/draftdocument/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/drafttemplate/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/folderlist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-template/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-user/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-webhook/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/getcontact/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/getcredits/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/getdocument/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/getdocumentlist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/getfolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/getformdata/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/getsignerips/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/getsigninglinks/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/gettemplatelist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/intro/index.html | 2 +- .../v1.1/opensign-api-v-1-1/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/publictemplate/index.html | 2 +- .../v1.1/resendrequestmail/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/revokedocument/index.html | 2 +- .../v1.1/save-update-webhook/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/selfsign/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-contact/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-document/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-template/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.1/updatefolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/contactlist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/createcontact/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/createdocument/index.html | 2 +- .../createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/createfolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/createtemplate/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/delete-template/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/delete-webhook/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletecontact/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletedocument/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletefolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/draftdocument/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/drafttemplate/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/folderlist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-template/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-user/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-webhook/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/getcontact/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/getcredits/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/getdocument/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/getdocumentlist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/getfolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/getformdata/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/getsignerips/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/getsigninglinks/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/gettemplatelist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/intro/index.html | 2 +- .../v1.2/opensign-api-v-1-2/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/publictemplate/index.html | 2 +- .../v1.2/resendrequestmail/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/revokedocument/index.html | 2 +- .../v1.2/save-update-webhook/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/selfsign/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-contact/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-document/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-template/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1.2/updatefolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/contactlist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/createcontact/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/createdocument/index.html | 2 +- .../createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/createfolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/createtemplate/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/delete-template/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/delete-webhook/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/deletecontact/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/deletedocument/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/deletefolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/draftdocument/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/drafttemplate/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/folderlist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/get-template/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/get-user/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/get-webhook/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/getcontact/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/getdocument/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/getdocumentlist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/getfolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/gettemplatelist/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/intro/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/opensign-api-v-1/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/resendrequestmail/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/revokedocument/index.html | 2 +- .../v1/save-update-webhook/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/selfsign/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/update-document/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/update-template/index.html | 2 +- docs/API-docs/v1/updatefolder/index.html | 2 +- docs/category/cloud-storage/index.html | 2 +- docs/category/console/index.html | 2 +- .../create-new-opensign-document/index.html | 2 +- docs/category/docker/index.html | 2 +- docs/category/documents/index.html | 2 +- docs/category/faqs/index.html | 2 +- docs/category/guides/index.html | 2 +- .../index.html | 2 +- docs/category/settings/index.html | 2 +- docs/category/templates/index.html | 2 +- docs/category/user-menu/index.html | 2 +- docs/contribute/CODE_OF_CONDUCT/index.html | 2 +- docs/contribute/COMMUNITY/index.html | 2 +- docs/contribute/INSTALLATION/index.html | 2 +- .../REPORTING_GUIDELINES/index.html | 2 +- docs/contribute/intro/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/FAQs/Credit-Deductions/index.html | 2 +- .../index.html | 2 +- .../help/FAQs/Max File Upload Size/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/FAQs/User Deletion/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/FAQs/index.html | 2 +- .../New-Document/conditional_logic/index.html | 2 +- .../edit-document-before-sending/index.html | 2 +- .../enforce-email-verification/index.html | 2 +- .../request-signatures/index.html | 261 +++---- .../New-Document/sign-yourself/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/New-Document/widgets/index.html | 2 +- .../create-document/index.html | 2 +- .../OpenSign™ Drive/list-grid-view/index.html | 2 +- .../organize-documents/index.html | 2 +- .../rename-document/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Reports/completed/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Reports/contactbook/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Reports/declined/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Reports/drafts/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Reports/expired/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Reports/in-progress/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Reports/need-your-sign/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Settings/APIToken/index.html | 2 +- .../Custom-email-templates/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Settings/Preferences/index.html | 2 +- .../Settings/SecurityManagement/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Settings/Teams/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Settings/Webhook/index.html | 2 +- .../Settings/disabledocumentid/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Settings/manage-users/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Settings/my-signature/index.html | 2 +- .../help/Templates/create-template/index.html | 713 +++++++++++++++--- docs/help/Templates/embed-template/index.html | 2 +- .../Templates/manage-templates/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Templates/publicTemplate/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Templates/quick-send/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/Templates/use-template/index.html | 2 +- .../User Menu/Console/analystics/index.html | 2 +- .../User Menu/Console/branding/index.html | 2 +- .../Console/custom_filestorage/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/User Menu/Console/emails/index.html | 2 +- .../help/User Menu/Console/general/index.html | 2 +- .../User Menu/Console/globalSMTP/index.html | 2 +- .../User Menu/Console/orgadmin/index.html | 2 +- .../Console/organizations/index.html | 2 +- .../Console/signing_certificate/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/User Menu/Profile/index.html | 2 +- docs/help/intro/index.html | 2 +- docs/intro/index.html | 2 +- .../One-click-Install/DigitalOcean/index.html | 2 +- docs/self-host/cloud-storage/s3/index.html | 2 +- docs/self-host/docker/run-locally/index.html | 2 +- .../docker/upgrade-deployment/index.html | 2 +- .../guides/azure-vm-setup/index.html | 2 +- .../self-host/guides/env-variables/index.html | 2 +- .../index.html | 2 +- .../guides/upgrade-to-v2.1.0/index.html | 2 +- docs/self-host/intro/index.html | 2 +- index.html | 2 +- markdown-page/index.html | 2 +- 203 files changed, 910 insertions(+), 462 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 assets/js/9640838e.649f8555.js create mode 100644 assets/js/9640838e.fe914e9d.js delete mode 100644 assets/js/d1393a72.3bcf00b8.js create mode 100644 assets/js/d1393a72.c73d6ece.js rename assets/js/{runtime~main.bc6b01b1.js => runtime~main.fa3d6f58.js} (98%) diff --git a/404.html b/404.html index d53221c54..275e70733 100644 --- a/404.html +++ b/404.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Page Not Found | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/assets/js/9640838e.649f8555.js b/assets/js/9640838e.649f8555.js deleted file mode 100644 index 6d874be73..000000000 --- a/assets/js/9640838e.649f8555.js +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -"use strict";(globalThis.webpackChunkOpenSign_Docs=globalThis.webpackChunkOpenSign_Docs||[]).push([[1688],{80766(e,n,i){i.r(n),i.d(n,{assets:()=>d,contentTitle:()=>o,default:()=>h,frontMatter:()=>r,metadata:()=>t,toc:()=>a});const t=JSON.parse('{"id":"help/Templates/create-template","title":"Create Templates","description":"Getting Started","source":"@site/docs/help/Templates/create-template.md","sourceDirName":"help/Templates","slug":"/help/Templates/create-template","permalink":"/docs/help/Templates/create-template","draft":false,"unlisted":false,"editUrl":"https://github.com/opensignlabs/opensign/tree/feat-docs/docs/docs/help/Templates/create-template.md","tags":[],"version":"current","sidebarPosition":1,"frontMatter":{"sidebar_position":1,"title":"Create Templates"},"sidebar":"tutorialSidebar","previous":{"title":"Templates","permalink":"/docs/category/templates"},"next":{"title":"Manage Templates","permalink":"/docs/help/Templates/manage-templates"}}');var s=i(74848),l=i(28453);const r={sidebar_position:1,title:"Create Templates"},o=void 0,d={},a=[{value:"Getting Started",id:"getting-started",level:2},{value:"Step 1:",id:"step-1",level:2},{value:"Begin New Template Creation",id:"begin-new-template-creation",level:3},{value:"Uploading Your Document",id:"uploading-your-document",level:3},{value:"Entering Template Details",id:"entering-template-details",level:3},{value:"Document flow setting",id:"document-flow-setting",level:3},{value:"Auto reminder (feature only available for subscribed users)",id:"auto-reminder-feature-only-available-for-subscribed-users",level:3},{value:"Time to complete (days)",id:"time-to-complete-days",level:3},{value:"Setting BCC and CC",id:"setting-bcc-and-cc",level:3},{value:"Security Setting",id:"security-setting",level:3},{value:"Enable tour:",id:"enable-tour",level:3},{value:"Notify on signatures:",id:"notify-on-signatures",level:3},{value:"Allow modifications:",id:"allow-modifications",level:3},{value:"Redirect url:",id:"redirect-url",level:3},{value:"Pen colors:",id:"pen-colors",level:3},{value:"Proceed to Template Creation Panel",id:"proceed-to-template-creation-panel",level:3},{value:"Step 2:",id:"step-2",level:2},{value:"Template creation",id:"template-creation",level:3},{value:"Prefill Widgets",id:"prefill-widgets",level:3},{value:"[1] Define roles and assign widgets:",id:"1-define-roles-and-assign-widgets",level:3},{value:"Access code",id:"access-code",level:2},{value:"How the Access Code Works",id:"how-the-access-code-works",level:3},{value:"\u2699\ufe0f Widget Options",id:"\ufe0f-widget-options",level:4},{value:"How the Attachment Widget Works",id:"how-the-attachment-widget-works",level:2},{value:"\ud83d\udcc4 Edit Template",id:"-edit-template",level:3},{value:"\ud83d\udcc4 Document Page Controls",id:"-document-page-controls",level:3},{value:"Save Template",id:"save-template",level:3},{value:"Step 3:",id:"step-3",level:2},{value:"Viewing and Managing Templates",id:"viewing-and-managing-templates",level:3},{value:"Additional Information",id:"additional-information",level:2}];function c(e){const n={a:"a",blockquote:"blockquote",br:"br",code:"code",em:"em",h1:"h1",h2:"h2",h3:"h3",h4:"h4",hr:"hr",li:"li",ol:"ol",p:"p",strong:"strong",ul:"ul",...(0,l.R)(),...e.components};return(0,s.jsxs)(s.Fragment,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"getting-started",children:"Getting Started"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Creating a template in OpenSign is straightforward and can significantly enhance your document workflow. Follow these steps to create a custom template:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h1,{id:"how-to-create-a-template-in-opensign",children:"How to Create a Template in OpenSign\u2122"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"step-1",children:"Step 1:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"begin-new-template-creation",children:"Begin New Template Creation"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Navigate to New template form"}),': On the left sidebar, click on "Templates" to expand the menu. and Click on the "Create template" option.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"828",alt:"Create Template",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/c38f54c7-5140-4bbc-82a2-cec8aab1d694"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"uploading-your-document",children:"Uploading Your Document"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[1] Choose File"}),': Once the "New template" page opens, click here to select and upload the document file from your computer that needs to be signed. Supported formats include PDF, PNG, JPG, JPEG, and DOCX.']}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[2] Choose File from Dropbox"}),": Click the Dropbox icon to select the document file from your Dropbox account."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"entering-template-details",children:"Entering Template Details"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[3] Title"})," ",(0,s.jsx)(n.em,{children:"(Required)"}),': Provide a title for your template. For example, "Demo Custom Template."']}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[4] Description"}),": Optionally add a description to give context or instructions regarding the template."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[5] Note"}),": Optionally add a note to give context or instructions regarding the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"document-flow-setting",children:"Document flow setting"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[6] Send in Order"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"If you choose:"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": Selecting this option will send the signing request to the first signer initially. Once the first signer completes their part, the next signer in the sequence will receive the request. This process continues until all signers have signed the document. This method ensures that the document is signed in a specific order."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": Selecting this option will send the signing links to all signers simultaneously. Every signer can sign the document at their convenience, regardless of whether other signers have completed their signatures. This method is faster but does not enforce any signing order among the participants.\nSelect the option that best suits the needs of your document processing."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enforce strict order"}),": When this feature is enabled, signers must sign the document strictly in the predefined order. A signer assigned to the second position cannot sign the document until the first signer has completed their signing process.\nIf a subsequent signer attempts to sign the document before the previous signer has signed, an error message will be displayed, and the document signing process cannot be completed."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"auto-reminder-feature-only-available-for-subscribed-users",children:"Auto reminder (feature only available for subscribed users)"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"create template2",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/736897c7-e87c-4040-9bf3-0126d1e9aaa2"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[7]"})," Once you enable the auto reminder, a text field will appear allowing you to set the reminder for a specific number of days."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Remind once in every (Days)"}),": Here, you can set the number of days for the reminder."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Note: You can set a maximum of 15 reminders. For example, if the document completion time is 16 days and you try to schedule a reminder every day, the system will not allow it, as the reminder limit would be exceeded."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"time-to-complete-days",children:"Time to complete (days)"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[8]"})," You can specify the number of days within which the document must be signed. For example, if you set the expiration period to 15 days, the created document will remain available for signing for 15 days from the date of creation. After this period, the document will expire, and the signer will no longer be able to sign it."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"setting-bcc-and-cc",children:"Setting BCC and CC"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"BCC"}),": ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[9]"}),' The BCC (Blind Carbon Copy) feature allows users to receive document completion emails at specified email addresses.\nYou can add multiple contacts in the BCC field to notify several recipients.\nYou can either:\nClick "Add New" to enter a new email contact, or\nSelect from existing contacts using the dropdown list.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"CC"}),": ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[10]"}),' The CC (Carbon Copy) feature allows users to receive document completion emails at specified email addresses.\nYou can add multiple contacts in the CC field to notify several recipients.\nYou can either:\nClick "Add New" to enter a new email contact, or\nSelect from existing contacts using the dropdown list.']}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Merge Certificate to PDF"})," ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[11]"}),":"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": This will ensure that the completion certificate is included in the final PDF document. However, please note that once merged, the certificate cannot be separated from the main document."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": If you choose not to merge, the completion certificate will be provided as a separate PDF file along with the signed document.\nThis feature only available for the paid users."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"security-setting",children:"Security Setting"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[12] Enable OTP Verification"})," :"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:'If set to "Yes," the signer will be required to complete email OTP verification before viewing and signing the document. If "Enable OTP Verification" is set to "No," the signer will not be prompted for OTP verification during the signing process.\nNote: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans.'}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Allow offline signing"})," :"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[13]"})," Choose whether signers can submit a copy of this document signed using an external tool for owner review."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": Signers will see a \u201cSign Offline\u201d option, allowing them to upload an externally signed PDF and submit it to the document owner for approval."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"On Approval: Once the owner approves the submission, the signer\u2019s signing process will be marked as completed. After the document is approved by the owner, a notification email will be sent to the signer confirming that the document has been approved and their signing process is complete. At the same time, a request signature email will be triggered and sent to the next signer in the signing order."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"On Declined: If the document is incorrectly filled out or improperly formatted, the owner can decline it and add comments. The signer can then use the same signing link that was initially shared to them to either re-upload a corrected offline file or continue the process using OpenSign\u2019s online signing interface."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": Signers can only sign within the app. The Sign Offline option will be hidden."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"This setting defaults to your account preference under Preferences and is available on paid plans."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"enable-tour",children:"Enable tour:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[14]"}),' If set to "Yes," the signer will see the tour guide while signing the document. If your signer is familiar with OpenSign and you prefer not to display the tour guide, you can select "No," and the tour guide will not be shown to your signers.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"notify-on-signatures",children:"Notify on signatures:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[15]"}),' If set to "Yes," the document owner will receive an email notification each signer completes their signature.\nNote: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"allow-modifications",children:"Allow modifications:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[16]"})," If set to Yes, the signer will be allowed to make modifications to the document during the signing process. However, they cannot edit or remove any fields that were already placed by the document owner. They can only add basic fields such as signature, stamp, initials, text, and cells."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"If both Allow Modification and Enable OTP are set to Yes, the signer will still not be able to edit or delete existing fields, but will gain access to additional advanced fields to add during signing. These include: signature, stamp, initials, name, job title, company, text, cells, and email."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Note: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"redirect-url",children:"Redirect url:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[17]"})," After signing the document and upon its completion, the signer will be redirected to the specified URL."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"pen-colors",children:"Pen colors:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[18]"})," Choose the pen color for signing the document. The selected color will be available during the signing process. OpenSign currently supports red, blue, and black pen colors."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"proceed-to-template-creation-panel",children:"Proceed to Template Creation Panel"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Next"}),': Click the "Next" button to proceed to the next stage of template creation, where you can add widgets and finalize the template.']}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Cancel"}),": If you need to start over or make changes, click Cancel button to clear the form."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"step-2",children:"Step 2:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"template-creation",children:"Template creation"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"prefill-widgets",children:"Prefill Widgets"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Prefill Widgets"})," feature lets document creators prefill specific fields before sending a document for signature. This ensures that important details (such as date, name, email, images, checkboxes, radio buttons, or custom text) are already completed when recipients receive the document. By default, prefilled data cannot be edited by signers."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"Prefill",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/6400469f-1c7e-4eda-b170-fa5b4ce9ebce"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\u2728 Key Benefits"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Save time by auto-filling repetitive information."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Ensure accuracy for critical fields (e.g., company name, contract number)."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Maintain consistency across multiple signers and templates."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Reduce signer effort for a smoother signing experience."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udee0\ufe0f How It Works"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Widgets to the Document"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Open the right-side panel, select ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Prefill Widgets"}),", then drag and drop the required widgets (Text, Date, Checkbox, Dropdown, Image, etc.) onto the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enter Prefill Value"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Provide the default value (e.g., ",(0,s.jsx)(n.em,{children:'"Company: OpenSign Labs"'}),", ",(0,s.jsx)(n.em,{children:"Date: 30/09/2025"}),")."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"For option-based widgets (Dropdown, Radio, Checkbox), choose the option to be prefilled."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udccb Supported Widgets for Prefill"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Field"})," \u2013 Names, job titles, company names, contract IDs"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Field"})," \u2013 Default signing date or contract start date"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," \u2013 Preselect an option"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," \u2013 Prefill with a selected choice"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," \u2013 Prefill as checked or unchecked"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Image"})," \u2013 Insert a default image (e.g., logo or stamp)"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Draw"})," \u2013 Allows the user to draw directly in this widget; use it when a prefill drawing is required."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"1-define-roles-and-assign-widgets",children:"[1] Define roles and assign widgets:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"828",alt:"Create Template",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/1248b9c8-db51-4dd3-bd1c-e1630b998ffc"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Roles"}),': In the roles section on the right, click "+ Add role" to specify the roles involved in the document, such as Candidate, HR, and Manager.']}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Optionally, you can assign a role to each signer, such as:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Signer"}),": If the role is selected as Signer, the signer must fill in all required fields while signing the document before they can complete the signing process."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Viewer"}),": If the role is selected as Viewer, widgets cannot be assigned to that user. The Viewer role only allows the user to view the document."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Approver"}),": If the role is selected as Approver, it works similarly to the Signer role. However, the main difference is that the Approver role does not require a signature widget. The approver can approve the document even if no widgets are assigned."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"access-code",children:"Access code"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Access Code"})," feature in OpenSign adds an extra layer of security to your documents by requiring recipients to enter a unique access code before they can view and sign a document. This feature helps ensure that only authorized recipients can access sensitive documents, even if the signing link is accidentally shared or intercepted."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"Access code template",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/68fce434-dc0e-4432-a34e-6cf76bdc129b"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"how-the-access-code-works",children:"How the Access Code Works"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The document owner can enable Access Code protection by clicking the Lock icon next to the role. This opens the Access Code dialog, where the owner can enter a unique 6-digit numeric access code(for example, 809966). After entering the code, click Save to assign it to the signer."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Send the document for signature."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer receives an email invitation containing the document signing link. Alternatively, the document owner can share the signing link manually through another secure communication channel, such as SMS, a messaging application, or email."}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["When the signer opens the document signing link, they are prompted to enter the assigned ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"6-digit access code"})," before they can access the document. The signer must obtain this access code directly from the document owner, who should share it using a separate and secure communication channel (such as a phone call, SMS, or messaging application)."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"If the signer enters the correct access code, the document opens and they can proceed with reviewing and signing it."}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["If the signer enters an incorrect access code, access to the document is denied. The signer must enter the correct ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"6-digit numeric access code"})," provided by the document owner to continue."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Assign Widgets to Roles"}),": Click on each role to highlight it, then drag and drop the widget to assign it to that role."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[1] Assign signature widget"}),": The signature widget is used to add a signature to the document. Each role must have at least one signature widget assigned."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Select the Role from the right side panel, click on the signature widget, and position it where the signature is required. You can place multiple signature widgets for each Role, as required."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After placing the Signature widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer"}),": Clicking the first icon on the signature widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After placing the Signature widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer"}),": Clicking the first icon on the signature widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy Signature"}),": Clicking on this option reveals the following choices."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages: It will copy the signature widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy Signature"}),": Clicking on this option reveals the following choices."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages: It will copy the signature widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[2] Add other widgets"}),": Depending on your needs, you can include additional widgets such as:"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Stamp"}),": The stamp widget allows signers to add a stamp to the document. Signers can upload their stamp during the signing process.\nAfter placing the Stamp widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the second option on the stamp widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Copy Stamp: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.","\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages : It will copy the stamp widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the stamp widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the stamp widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Initials"}),": The initials widget allows signers to add their initials to the document. During the signing process, signers can draw, upload, or type their initials. After placing the Initials widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Initials widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Copy Initials: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.","\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages : It will copy the initials widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the initials widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the initials widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Name"}),": The name widget allows signers to add their name or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process.\nAfter placing the name widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Name widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the name widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Job title"}),": The Job title widget allows signers to add their Job title or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process.\nAfter placing the job title widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Job title widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the job title widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Company"}),": The company widget allows signers to add their company or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process.\nAfter placing the company widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Company widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the Company widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Widget"})}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date widget"})," allows signers to enter a date while signing the document. Once the widget is placed, you can configure its behavior using the available settings in the ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Widget Info"})," panel."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"\ufe0f-widget-options",children:"\u2699\ufe0f Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Format"}),": Choose the preferred date format (for example, ",(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:"MM/dd/yyyy"}),", ",(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:"dd-mm-yyyy"}),", or ",(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:"dd/mm/yyyy"}),") from the Format dropdown. This determines how the date appears to the signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Set Date"}),": This option allows the user to set a default date, which will be displayed while signing the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Signing Date"}),": When selected, the date on which the signer signs the document will be automatically displayed in the Date widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Clear"}),": Removes the selected date setting."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Range"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Min Date"}),": Sets the earliest date the signer can select."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Max Date"}),": Sets the latest date the signer can select."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Use ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Clear"})," to remove the minimum or maximum date restrictions."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required / Optional"}),(0,s.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Mark the widget as ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})," if the signer must fill it in before completing the signing, or ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})," if it is not mandatory."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Font Settings"}),"\nCustomize the ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})," and ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"text color"})," to match the document\u2019s style."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Read Only"}),"\nEnable this option to display a date that cannot be edited by the signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"}),"\nClick ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"})," to apply all selected settings to the Date widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input"}),": The text input field is used to collect input from the signer. Signers can type their responses directly into this field.\nAfter placing the Text Input widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting icon: The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:","\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Choosing a ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font color"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting the ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Marking the field as ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"required"})," or ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"optional"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Providing a ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"default value"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Making the field ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"read-only"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Adding a ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"hint"}),", which will be displayed on the widget for better clarity"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Custom Validations"})," are also supported, including:"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Predefined formats like ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"SSN"}),", ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"email"}),", or ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"numeric values"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions\nFor example:","\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^\\d+$"})," \u2013 allows only digits"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^[A-Z]+$"})," \u2013 allows only uppercase letters"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["You can enter your regex pattern in the ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Validations"})," field of the widget.",(0,s.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.em,{children:["(Optional reference: ",(0,s.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_obj_regexp.asp",children:"JavaScript RegExp guide"}),")"]})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"Cells widget",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ce0c335b-b2bf-4d30-968c-c4c957f46014"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Text Input widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the Text Input widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Cells"}),(0,s.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","The ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Cells widget"})," is ideal for documents that require input in a structured, table-like format, allowing the signer to fill in details within individual cells. After dragging and dropping the widget onto the document, you can adjust the number of cells by moving the ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"blue marker"}),"."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"Cells widget",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/20184017-2fa9-4acb-985f-fde18ee53246"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting icon: The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:","\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Manually entering the ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"number of cells"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Choosing a ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font color"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting the ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Marking the field as ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"required"})," or ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"optional"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Providing a ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"default value"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Making the field ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"read-only"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Adding a ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"hint"}),", which will be displayed on the widget for better clarity"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Custom Validations"})," are also supported, including:"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Predefined formats like ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"SSN"}),", ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"email"}),", or ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"numeric values"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions","\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"For example:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^\\d+$"})," \u2013 allows only digits"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^[A-Z]+$"})," \u2013 allows only uppercase letters"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["You can enter your regex pattern in the ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Validations"})," field of the widget.",(0,s.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.em,{children:["(Optional reference: ",(0,s.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_obj_regexp.asp",children:"JavaScript RegExp guide"}),")"]})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"request signatures",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/100579af-a12f-4c90-8cad-1db697db1f1c"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Cells widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the cells widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"}),": The checkbox widget is used to capture input in the form of a checkbox selection.\nOnce you drop the checkbox widget, a popup will open where you can set the checkbox name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting the minimum and maximum checks, making the checkbox read-only, and hiding the label."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the CheckBox widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the dropdown widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"}),": Once you drop the dropdown widget, a popup will open where you can set the dropdown name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value and marking the dropdown as required or optional."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Dropdown widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the dropdown widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio button"}),": The radio button widget is used to capture input in the form of a radio button selection.\nOnce you drop the radio button widget, a popup will open where you can set the radio button name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value, making the radio button read-only, and hiding the label."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Radio button widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the radio button widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Image"}),": The image widget allows signers to upload an image during the signing process.\nAfter placing the Image widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Image widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the image widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Email"}),": The email widget is used to enter an email address during the signing process. It only accepts input in a valid email format. If the signer enters invalid text, a validation error will occur, and the document cannot be completed until it's corrected.\nAfter placing the email widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Email widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the email widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udcce Attachment Widget"})}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Attachment Widget"})," allows signers to upload supporting files directly while completing and signing a document. This is useful when additional documents or evidence are required as part of the signing workflow."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing. Additionally, you can add a hint or instruction to guide signers on what information or file is expected in the widget."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Image widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the image widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"image",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/8b52c59f-e684-4326-bade-d9312ecfaf30"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"how-the-attachment-widget-works",children:"How the Attachment Widget Works"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Signers can upload up to ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"5 files"})," using a single Attachment Widget."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Each file can be a maximum of ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10 MB"})," in size."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["A single Attachment Widget can therefore accept up to ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"50 MB"})," of attachments in total."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Supported file formats include:","\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["PDF (",(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:".pdf"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Microsoft Word (",(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:".docx"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["PNG (",(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:".png"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["JPG (",(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:".jpg"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["JPEG (",(0,s.jsx)(n.code,{children:".jpeg"}),")"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Once the signer uploads the files and completes the signing process, the uploaded files are appended as additional pages to the end of the original PDF document."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"document attchement",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/6325793e-a4ed-4aed-ab12-5e29e625f28a"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.blockquote,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Note:"})," All uploaded attachments become part of the completed document package, making it easier to store, review, and share the signed document along with its supporting files."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"-edit-template",children:"\ud83d\udcc4 Edit Template"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"At the top of the Create Template panel, you\u2019ll find a settings (gear) icon. Clicking this icon opens the Edit Template Details panel, where you can modify various details of your template."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"edit template details",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/161d41fd-bf07-485e-ab7b-5b33e0c500bf"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udd01 File Replacement"})," : Users can replace the existing document by simply uploading a new file. However, certain conditions must be met:","\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The new document must have the same number of pages."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The page dimensions (width and height) must be identical to the original."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"These conditions are enforced to ensure that, during template editing, the pre-placed widgets remain correctly aligned. If the new document's dimensions don\u2019t match, widgets may shift or be positioned outside the visible area of the document."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"Edit template details",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f03b76d3-6480-4d4b-b310-9f3f4a3acf4c"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"You can also update the following template details:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Template Title"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Description"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Note"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Send in Order"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Auto reminder"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enable OTP Verification"})," :"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enable tour"}),":"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Notify on signatures"}),":"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"BCC"}),":"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Redirect Url"})}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Time to complete (Days)"}),"\nClik on the submit button to save the edits."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"-document-page-controls",children:"\ud83d\udcc4 Document Page Controls"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Pages"}),(0,s.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","In the left-side panel, users will see an ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'"Add" button'}),". Clicking it allows users to select and merge new documents into the current one."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Delete Page"}),(0,s.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","An option is available to ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"delete"})," any unwanted page from the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Reorder Pages"}),(0,s.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Users can reorder pages by clicking the ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'"Reorder" button'}),", which opens a popup displaying all pages. Use the ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Up"})," and ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Down"})," arrows to change the order. Click ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"})," to apply the new page order."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Zoom In / Zoom Out"}),(0,s.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Controls are available to ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"zoom in"})," or ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"zoom out"})," of the document view."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Rotate Page"}),(0,s.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Options are provided to ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"rotate pages"})," in both ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"clockwise"})," and ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"counterclockwise"})," directions."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"page controls",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/71e9873b-d8e1-4a01-b0a4-88f9a62b2be4"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"save-template",children:"Save Template"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Next button"}),": Once you\u2019ve organized your widgets and set their properties, simply click the \u201cNext\u201d button to save your template."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After doing so, a \u201cCreate document\u201d popup will appear, prompting you with the question: \u201cDo you want to create a document using the template you just created?\u201d You\u2019ll have the option to choose either \u201cYes\u201d or \u201cNo.\u201d"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'If you select "Yes"'}),": It will create a document using the template you just created."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'If you select "No"'}),": You will be redirected to the Manage templates form."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"step-3",children:"Step 3:"}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"viewing-and-managing-templates",children:"Viewing and Managing Templates"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,s.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Manage Templates"})," page displays all the templates you\u2019ve created or have access to. Each template entry shows key details including the template title, file, owner, assigned signers, and its public/private status."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["For a full walkthrough, check the detailed guide here:",(0,s.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/Templates/manage-templates",children:"Manage Templates"})]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"additional-information",children:"Additional Information"}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The fields with an asterisk (*) are mandatory."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Make sure your document is in PDF, PNG, JPG, JPEG, or DOCX format."}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.li,{children:"You can access your signed documents in the folder you've selected by visiting OpenSign\u2122 Drive anytime. You can also access the documents from reports section."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,s.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If you require more help, feel free to reach out to our customer support on ",(0,s.jsx)(n.a,{href:"mailto:support@opensignlabs.com",children:"support@opensignlabs.com"}),"."]}),"\n",(0,s.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Happy signing with OpenSign\u2122!"})]})}function h(e={}){const{wrapper:n}={...(0,l.R)(),...e.components};return n?(0,s.jsx)(n,{...e,children:(0,s.jsx)(c,{...e})}):c(e)}}}]); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/assets/js/9640838e.fe914e9d.js b/assets/js/9640838e.fe914e9d.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c48163b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/js/9640838e.fe914e9d.js @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +"use strict";(globalThis.webpackChunkOpenSign_Docs=globalThis.webpackChunkOpenSign_Docs||[]).push([[1688],{80766(e,n,i){i.r(n),i.d(n,{assets:()=>o,contentTitle:()=>d,default:()=>a,frontMatter:()=>r,metadata:()=>s,toc:()=>c});const s=JSON.parse('{"id":"help/Templates/create-template","title":"Create Templates","description":"Getting Started","source":"@site/docs/help/Templates/create-template.md","sourceDirName":"help/Templates","slug":"/help/Templates/create-template","permalink":"/docs/help/Templates/create-template","draft":false,"unlisted":false,"editUrl":"https://github.com/opensignlabs/opensign/tree/feat-docs/docs/docs/help/Templates/create-template.md","tags":[],"version":"current","sidebarPosition":1,"frontMatter":{"sidebar_position":1,"title":"Create Templates"},"sidebar":"tutorialSidebar","previous":{"title":"Templates","permalink":"/docs/category/templates"},"next":{"title":"Manage Templates","permalink":"/docs/help/Templates/manage-templates"}}');var t=i(74848),l=i(28453);const r={sidebar_position:1,title:"Create Templates"},d=void 0,o={},c=[{value:"Getting Started",id:"getting-started",level:2},{value:"Step 1:",id:"step-1",level:2},{value:"Begin New Template Creation",id:"begin-new-template-creation",level:3},{value:"Uploading Your Document",id:"uploading-your-document",level:3},{value:"Entering Template Details",id:"entering-template-details",level:3},{value:"Document flow setting",id:"document-flow-setting",level:3},{value:"Auto reminder (feature only available for subscribed users)",id:"auto-reminder-feature-only-available-for-subscribed-users",level:3},{value:"Time to complete (days)",id:"time-to-complete-days",level:3},{value:"Setting BCC and CC",id:"setting-bcc-and-cc",level:3},{value:"Security Setting",id:"security-setting",level:3},{value:"Enable tour:",id:"enable-tour",level:3},{value:"Notify on signatures:",id:"notify-on-signatures",level:3},{value:"Allow modifications:",id:"allow-modifications",level:3},{value:"Redirect url:",id:"redirect-url",level:3},{value:"Pen colors:",id:"pen-colors",level:3},{value:"Proceed to Template Creation Panel",id:"proceed-to-template-creation-panel",level:3},{value:"Step 2:",id:"step-2",level:2},{value:"Template creation",id:"template-creation",level:3},{value:"Prefill Widgets",id:"prefill-widgets",level:3},{value:"[1] Define roles and assign widgets:",id:"1-define-roles-and-assign-widgets",level:3},{value:"Access code",id:"access-code",level:2},{value:"How the Access Code Works",id:"how-the-access-code-works",level:3},{value:"Assign Widgets to Roles:",id:"assign-widgets-to-roles",level:2},{value:"1. Signature widget",id:"1-signature-widget",level:2},{value:"Add other widgets:",id:"add-other-widgets",level:3},{value:"2. Stamp",id:"2-stamp",level:2},{value:"3. Initials",id:"3-initials",level:2},{value:"4. Text Input",id:"4-text-input",level:2},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options",level:3},{value:"5. Number widget",id:"5-number-widget",level:2},{value:"Conditional Logic",id:"conditional-logic",level:3},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-1",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-1",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-1",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-1",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-1",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-1",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-1",level:3},{value:"6. Name",id:"6-name",level:2},{value:"7. Job title",id:"7-job-title",level:2},{value:"8. Company",id:"8-company",level:2},{value:"9. Email",id:"9-email",level:2},{value:"10. Date Widget",id:"10-date-widget",level:2},{value:"\u2699\ufe0f Widget Options",id:"\ufe0f-widget-options",level:4},{value:"11. Cells",id:"11-cells",level:2},{value:"12. Checkbox",id:"12-checkbox",level:2},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-2",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-2",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-2",level:3},{value:"Dropdown",id:"dropdown",level:3},{value:"Checkbox",id:"checkbox",level:3},{value:"Radio Button",id:"radio-button",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-2",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-2",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example-1",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-2",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-2",level:3},{value:"13. **Dropdown",id:"13-dropdown",level:2},{value:"Conditional Logic",id:"conditional-logic-1",level:3},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-3",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-3",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-3",level:3},{value:"Dropdown",id:"dropdown-1",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-3",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-3",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example-2",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-3",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-3",level:3},{value:"14. Radio button",id:"14-radio-button",level:2},{value:"Conditional Logic",id:"conditional-logic-2",level:3},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-4",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-4",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-4",level:3},{value:"Dropdown",id:"dropdown-2",level:3},{value:"Checkbox",id:"checkbox-1",level:3},{value:"Radio Button",id:"radio-button-1",level:3},{value:"Example 1 \u2013 Using Is Checked",id:"example-1--using-is-checked",level:4},{value:"Example 2 \u2013 Using Equals",id:"example-2--using-equals",level:4},{value:"Example 3 \u2013 Using Does Not Equal",id:"example-3--using-does-not-equal",level:4},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-4",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-4",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example-3",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-4",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-4",level:3},{value:"15. Image",id:"15-image",level:2},{value:"16. \ud83d\udcce Attachment Widget",id:"16--attachment-widget",level:2},{value:"How the Attachment Widget Works",id:"how-the-attachment-widget-works",level:2},{value:"\ud83d\udcc4 Edit Template",id:"-edit-template",level:3},{value:"\ud83d\udcc4 Document Page Controls",id:"-document-page-controls",level:3},{value:"Save Template",id:"save-template",level:3},{value:"Step 3:",id:"step-3",level:2},{value:"Viewing and Managing Templates",id:"viewing-and-managing-templates",level:3},{value:"Additional Information",id:"additional-information",level:2}];function h(e){const n={a:"a",blockquote:"blockquote",br:"br",code:"code",em:"em",h1:"h1",h2:"h2",h3:"h3",h4:"h4",hr:"hr",li:"li",ol:"ol",p:"p",pre:"pre",strong:"strong",table:"table",tbody:"tbody",td:"td",th:"th",thead:"thead",tr:"tr",ul:"ul",...(0,l.R)(),...e.components};return(0,t.jsxs)(t.Fragment,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"getting-started",children:"Getting Started"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Creating a template in OpenSign is straightforward and can significantly enhance your document workflow. Follow these steps to create a custom template:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h1,{id:"how-to-create-a-template-in-opensign",children:"How to Create a Template in OpenSign\u2122"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"step-1",children:"Step 1:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"begin-new-template-creation",children:"Begin New Template Creation"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Navigate to New template form"}),': On the left sidebar, click on "Templates" to expand the menu. and Click on the "Create template" option.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"828",alt:"Create Template",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/c38f54c7-5140-4bbc-82a2-cec8aab1d694"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"uploading-your-document",children:"Uploading Your Document"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[1] Choose File"}),': Once the "New template" page opens, click here to select and upload the document file from your computer that needs to be signed. Supported formats include PDF, PNG, JPG, JPEG, and DOCX.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[2] Choose File from Dropbox"}),": Click the Dropbox icon to select the document file from your Dropbox account."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"entering-template-details",children:"Entering Template Details"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[3] Title"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.em,{children:"(Required)"}),': Provide a title for your template. For example, "Demo Custom Template."']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[4] Description"}),": Optionally add a description to give context or instructions regarding the template."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[5] Note"}),": Optionally add a note to give context or instructions regarding the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"document-flow-setting",children:"Document flow setting"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[6] Send in Order"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"If you choose:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": Selecting this option will send the signing request to the first signer initially. Once the first signer completes their part, the next signer in the sequence will receive the request. This process continues until all signers have signed the document. This method ensures that the document is signed in a specific order."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": Selecting this option will send the signing links to all signers simultaneously. Every signer can sign the document at their convenience, regardless of whether other signers have completed their signatures. This method is faster but does not enforce any signing order among the participants.\nSelect the option that best suits the needs of your document processing."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enforce strict order"}),": When this feature is enabled, signers must sign the document strictly in the predefined order. A signer assigned to the second position cannot sign the document until the first signer has completed their signing process.\nIf a subsequent signer attempts to sign the document before the previous signer has signed, an error message will be displayed, and the document signing process cannot be completed."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"auto-reminder-feature-only-available-for-subscribed-users",children:"Auto reminder (feature only available for subscribed users)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"create template2",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/736897c7-e87c-4040-9bf3-0126d1e9aaa2"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[7]"})," Once you enable the auto reminder, a text field will appear allowing you to set the reminder for a specific number of days."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Remind once in every (Days)"}),": Here, you can set the number of days for the reminder."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Note: You can set a maximum of 15 reminders. For example, if the document completion time is 16 days and you try to schedule a reminder every day, the system will not allow it, as the reminder limit would be exceeded."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"time-to-complete-days",children:"Time to complete (days)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[8]"})," You can specify the number of days within which the document must be signed. For example, if you set the expiration period to 15 days, the created document will remain available for signing for 15 days from the date of creation. After this period, the document will expire, and the signer will no longer be able to sign it."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"setting-bcc-and-cc",children:"Setting BCC and CC"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"BCC"}),": ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[9]"}),' The BCC (Blind Carbon Copy) feature allows users to receive document completion emails at specified email addresses.\nYou can add multiple contacts in the BCC field to notify several recipients.\nYou can either:\nClick "Add New" to enter a new email contact, or\nSelect from existing contacts using the dropdown list.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"CC"}),": ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[10]"}),' The CC (Carbon Copy) feature allows users to receive document completion emails at specified email addresses.\nYou can add multiple contacts in the CC field to notify several recipients.\nYou can either:\nClick "Add New" to enter a new email contact, or\nSelect from existing contacts using the dropdown list.']}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Merge Certificate to PDF"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[11]"}),":"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": This will ensure that the completion certificate is included in the final PDF document. However, please note that once merged, the certificate cannot be separated from the main document."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": If you choose not to merge, the completion certificate will be provided as a separate PDF file along with the signed document.\nThis feature only available for the paid users."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"security-setting",children:"Security Setting"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[12] Enable OTP Verification"})," :"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:'If set to "Yes," the signer will be required to complete email OTP verification before viewing and signing the document. If "Enable OTP Verification" is set to "No," the signer will not be prompted for OTP verification during the signing process.\nNote: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans.'}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Allow offline signing"})," :"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[13]"})," Choose whether signers can submit a copy of this document signed using an external tool for owner review."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": Signers will see a \u201cSign Offline\u201d option, allowing them to upload an externally signed PDF and submit it to the document owner for approval."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"On Approval: Once the owner approves the submission, the signer\u2019s signing process will be marked as completed. After the document is approved by the owner, a notification email will be sent to the signer confirming that the document has been approved and their signing process is complete. At the same time, a request signature email will be triggered and sent to the next signer in the signing order."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"On Declined: If the document is incorrectly filled out or improperly formatted, the owner can decline it and add comments. The signer can then use the same signing link that was initially shared to them to either re-upload a corrected offline file or continue the process using OpenSign\u2019s online signing interface."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": Signers can only sign within the app. The Sign Offline option will be hidden."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"This setting defaults to your account preference under Preferences and is available on paid plans."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"enable-tour",children:"Enable tour:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[14]"}),' If set to "Yes," the signer will see the tour guide while signing the document. If your signer is familiar with OpenSign and you prefer not to display the tour guide, you can select "No," and the tour guide will not be shown to your signers.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"notify-on-signatures",children:"Notify on signatures:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[15]"}),' If set to "Yes," the document owner will receive an email notification each signer completes their signature.\nNote: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"allow-modifications",children:"Allow modifications:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[16]"})," If set to Yes, the signer will be allowed to make modifications to the document during the signing process. However, they cannot edit or remove any fields that were already placed by the document owner. They can only add basic fields such as signature, stamp, initials, text, and cells."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"If both Allow Modification and Enable OTP are set to Yes, the signer will still not be able to edit or delete existing fields, but will gain access to additional advanced fields to add during signing. These include: signature, stamp, initials, name, job title, company, text, cells, and email."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Note: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"redirect-url",children:"Redirect url:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[17]"})," After signing the document and upon its completion, the signer will be redirected to the specified URL."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"pen-colors",children:"Pen colors:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[18]"})," Choose the pen color for signing the document. The selected color will be available during the signing process. OpenSign currently supports red, blue, and black pen colors."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"proceed-to-template-creation-panel",children:"Proceed to Template Creation Panel"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Next"}),': Click the "Next" button to proceed to the next stage of template creation, where you can add widgets and finalize the template.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Cancel"}),": If you need to start over or make changes, click Cancel button to clear the form."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"step-2",children:"Step 2:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"template-creation",children:"Template creation"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"prefill-widgets",children:"Prefill Widgets"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Prefill Widgets"})," feature lets document creators prefill specific fields before sending a document for signature. This ensures that important details (such as date, name, email, images, checkboxes, radio buttons, or custom text) are already completed when recipients receive the document. By default, prefilled data cannot be edited by signers."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"Prefill",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/6400469f-1c7e-4eda-b170-fa5b4ce9ebce"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\u2728 Key Benefits"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Save time by auto-filling repetitive information."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Ensure accuracy for critical fields (e.g., company name, contract number)."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Maintain consistency across multiple signers and templates."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Reduce signer effort for a smoother signing experience."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udee0\ufe0f How It Works"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Widgets to the Document"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Open the right-side panel, select ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Prefill Widgets"}),", then drag and drop the required widgets (Text, Date, Checkbox, Dropdown, Image, etc.) onto the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enter Prefill Value"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Provide the default value (e.g., ",(0,t.jsx)(n.em,{children:'"Company: OpenSign Labs"'}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.em,{children:"Date: 30/09/2025"}),")."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"For option-based widgets (Dropdown, Radio, Checkbox), choose the option to be prefilled."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udccb Supported Widgets for Prefill"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Field"})," \u2013 Names, job titles, company names, contract IDs"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Field"})," \u2013 Default signing date or contract start date"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," \u2013 Preselect an option"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," \u2013 Prefill with a selected choice"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," \u2013 Prefill as checked or unchecked"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Image"})," \u2013 Insert a default image (e.g., logo or stamp)"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Draw"})," \u2013 Allows the user to draw directly in this widget; use it when a prefill drawing is required."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"1-define-roles-and-assign-widgets",children:"[1] Define roles and assign widgets:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"828",alt:"Create Template",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/1248b9c8-db51-4dd3-bd1c-e1630b998ffc"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Roles"}),': In the roles section on the right, click "+ Add role" to specify the roles involved in the document, such as Candidate, HR, and Manager.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Optionally, you can assign a role to each signer, such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Signer"}),": If the role is selected as Signer, the signer must fill in all required fields while signing the document before they can complete the signing process."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Viewer"}),": If the role is selected as Viewer, widgets cannot be assigned to that user. The Viewer role only allows the user to view the document."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Approver"}),": If the role is selected as Approver, it works similarly to the Signer role. However, the main difference is that the Approver role does not require a signature widget. The approver can approve the document even if no widgets are assigned."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"access-code",children:"Access code"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Access Code"})," feature in OpenSign adds an extra layer of security to your documents by requiring recipients to enter a unique access code before they can view and sign a document. This feature helps ensure that only authorized recipients can access sensitive documents, even if the signing link is accidentally shared or intercepted."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"Access code template",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/68fce434-dc0e-4432-a34e-6cf76bdc129b"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"how-the-access-code-works",children:"How the Access Code Works"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The document owner can enable Access Code protection by clicking the Lock icon next to the role. This opens the Access Code dialog, where the owner can enter a unique 6-digit numeric access code(for example, 809966). After entering the code, click Save to assign it to the signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Send the document for signature."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer receives an email invitation containing the document signing link. Alternatively, the document owner can share the signing link manually through another secure communication channel, such as SMS, a messaging application, or email."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["When the signer opens the document signing link, they are prompted to enter the assigned ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"6-digit access code"})," before they can access the document. The signer must obtain this access code directly from the document owner, who should share it using a separate and secure communication channel (such as a phone call, SMS, or messaging application)."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"If the signer enters the correct access code, the document opens and they can proceed with reviewing and signing it."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["If the signer enters an incorrect access code, access to the document is denied. The signer must enter the correct ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"6-digit numeric access code"})," provided by the document owner to continue."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"assign-widgets-to-roles",children:"Assign Widgets to Roles:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Click on each role to highlight it, then drag and drop the widget to assign it to that role."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"1-signature-widget",children:"1. Signature widget"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The signature widget is used to add a signature to the document. Each role must have at least one signature widget assigned.",(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Select the Role from the right side panel, click on the signature widget, and position it where the signature is required. You can place multiple signature widgets for each Role, as required."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After placing the Signature widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer"}),": Clicking the first icon on the signature widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy Signature"}),": Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages: It will copy the signature widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"add-other-widgets",children:"Add other widgets:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on your needs, you can include additional widgets such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"2-stamp",children:"2. Stamp"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The stamp widget allows signers to add a stamp to the document. Signers can upload their stamp during the signing process.\nAfter placing the Stamp widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the second option on the stamp widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Copy Stamp: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages : It will copy the stamp widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the stamp widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the stamp widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"3-initials",children:"3. Initials"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The initials widget allows signers to add their initials to the document. During the signing process, signers can draw, upload, or type their initials."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After placing the Initials widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Initials widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy Initials: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages : It will copy the initials widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the initials widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the initials widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"4-text-input",children:"4. Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The text input field is used to collect input from the signer. Signers can type their responses directly into this field.\nAfter placing the Text Input widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting icon: The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Choosing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font color"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Marking the field as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"required"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"optional"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Providing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"default value"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Making the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"read-only"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Adding a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"hint"}),", which will be displayed on the widget for better clarity"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Custom Validations"})," are also supported, including:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Predefined formats like ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"SSN"}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"email"}),", or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"numeric values"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions\nFor example:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^\\d+$"})," \u2013 allows only digits"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^[A-Z]+$"})," \u2013 allows only uppercase letters"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["You can enter your regex pattern in the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Validations"})," field of the widget.",(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.em,{children:["(Optional reference: ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_obj_regexp.asp",children:"JavaScript RegExp guide"}),")"]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"Cells widget",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ce0c335b-b2bf-4d30-968c-c4c957f46014"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),":"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The Text Input widget also supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets.\nConditional Logic enables the Text Input widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Text Input field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Make the field Required"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Make the field Optional"}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"1897",alt:"conditional logic textinput",src:""}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input"})," widget supports conditional logic based on the values of other widgets.\nThe available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Supported operators:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})," If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is equal to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"text Condition: TextInput1 = HR \nAction: Show TextInput2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Supported operators:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Equals"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Does Not Equal"}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Example\nIf ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"number_widget1 = 5"}),"\nThen ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"Show TextInput1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed if ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the specified conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"text Condition 1: Number Field = 10 OR Condition 2: Checkbox = Checked"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Action:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Show TextInput1"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is displayed if either the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," or the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"example",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"5"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition 2 checkbox"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show TextInput1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget"})," - ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-widget-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-widget-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Text Input widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the Text Input widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"5-number-widget",children:"5. Number widget"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The Number widget is used to collect numeric input from the signer. It accepts only numeric values, helping ensure data accuracy and consistency. The Number widget also supports formulas, allowing you to perform automatic calculations using values from other Number widgets. After placing the Number widget, you will see the following options:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Settings"}),": The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Choosing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font color"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Marking the field as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"required"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"optional"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Providing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"default value"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Making the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"read-only"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Adding a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"placeholder"})," to guide the signer on the expected input"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Assigning a unique ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Name"})," to the widget. This name is used when referencing the widget in formulas.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Example:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"number-1"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"subtotal"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"tax"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"grand_total"})}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Defining a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Formula"})," to automatically calculate values using other Number widgets.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Example:","\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"{{quantity}} * {{price}}\n"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Supported mathematical operators include:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"+"})," Addition"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"-"})," Subtraction"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"*"})," Multiplication"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"/"})," Division"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"%"})," Modulus (Remainder)"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"()"})," Parentheses for grouping operations"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"conditional-logic",children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The Number widget also supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Number widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Number widget can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-1",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-1",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is equal to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show Number1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-1",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show Number2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-1",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-1",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," widget is displayed when either of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show Number1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-1",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-a-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-a-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#supported-operators-6",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget Triggered by Another Number Widget"})," - ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-another-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-1",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer / Change Signer"}),": Click the first icon on the Number widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can choose an existing signer or add a new recipient."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"}),": Click the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"})," icon to duplicate the Number widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"6-name",children:"6. Name"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The name widget allows signers to add their name or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process.\nAfter placing the name widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Name widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the name widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"7-job-title",children:"7. Job title"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The Job title widget allows signers to add their Job title or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process.\nAfter placing the job title widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Job title widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the job title widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"8-company",children:"8. Company"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The company widget allows signers to add their company or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process.\nAfter placing the company widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Company widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the Company widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"9-email",children:"9. Email"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The email widget is used to enter an email address during the signing process. It only accepts input in a valid email format. If the signer enters invalid text, a validation error will occur, and the document cannot be completed until it's corrected.\nAfter placing the email widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Email widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the email widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"10-date-widget",children:"10. Date Widget"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date widget"})," allows signers to enter a date while signing the document. Once the widget is placed, you can configure its behavior using the available settings in the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Widget Info"})," panel."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"\ufe0f-widget-options",children:"\u2699\ufe0f Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Format"}),": Choose the preferred date format (for example, ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"MM/dd/yyyy"}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"dd-mm-yyyy"}),", or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"dd/mm/yyyy"}),") from the Format dropdown. This determines how the date appears to the signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Set Date"}),": This option allows the user to set a default date, which will be displayed while signing the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Signing Date"}),": When selected, the date on which the signer signs the document will be automatically displayed in the Date widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Clear"}),": Removes the selected date setting."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Range"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Min Date"}),": Sets the earliest date the signer can select."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Max Date"}),": Sets the latest date the signer can select."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Use ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Clear"})," to remove the minimum or maximum date restrictions."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required / Optional"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Mark the widget as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})," if the signer must fill it in before completing the signing, or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})," if it is not mandatory."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Font Settings"}),"\nCustomize the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})," and ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"text color"})," to match the document\u2019s style."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Read Only"}),"\nEnable this option to display a date that cannot be edited by the signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"}),"\nClick ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"})," to apply all selected settings to the Date widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"11-cells",children:"11. Cells"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Cells widget"})," is ideal for documents that require input in a structured, table-like format, allowing the signer to fill in details within individual cells. After dragging and dropping the widget onto the document, you can adjust the number of cells by moving the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"blue marker"}),"."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"Cells widget",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/20184017-2fa9-4acb-985f-fde18ee53246"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting icon: The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Manually entering the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"number of cells"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Choosing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font color"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Marking the field as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"required"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"optional"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Providing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"default value"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Making the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"read-only"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.',"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Adding a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"hint"}),", which will be displayed on the widget for better clarity"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Custom Validations"})," are also supported, including:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Predefined formats like ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"SSN"}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"email"}),", or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"numeric values"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"For example:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^\\d+$"})," \u2013 allows only digits"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^[A-Z]+$"})," \u2013 allows only uppercase letters"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["You can enter your regex pattern in the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Validations"})," field of the widget.",(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.em,{children:["(Optional reference: ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_obj_regexp.asp",children:"JavaScript RegExp guide"}),")"]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"request signatures",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/100579af-a12f-4c90-8cad-1db697db1f1c"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Cells widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the cells widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"12-checkbox",children:"12. Checkbox"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The checkbox widget is used to capture input in the form of a checkbox selection.\nOnce you drop the checkbox widget, a popup will open where you can set the checkbox name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting the minimum and maximum checks, making the checkbox read-only, and hiding the label."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," widget supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Checkbox widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Checkbox field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-2",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-2",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-2",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"dropdown",children:"Dropdown"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Manager"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"checkbox",children:"Checkbox"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is checked, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Checked\nAction: Show Checkbox2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Another example:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"not checked"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Not Checked\nAction: Show Checkbox2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"radio-button",children:"Radio Button"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button1"})," is checked, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Radio Button1 is Checked\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-2",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-2",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," widget is displayed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example-1",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show Checkbox1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-2",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-a-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-a-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-a-radio-button",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Triggered by Another Checkbox"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-another-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-2",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the CheckBox widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the dropdown widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"13-dropdown",children:"13. **Dropdown"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Once you drop the dropdown widget, a popup will open where you can set the dropdown name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value and marking the dropdown as required or optional."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"conditional-logic-1",children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," widget supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Dropdown widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Dropdown field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-3",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-3",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is equal to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show Dropdown1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-3",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show Dropdown1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"dropdown-1",children:"Dropdown"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Manager"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager\nAction: Show Dropdown2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-3",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-3",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," widget is displayed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example-2",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show Dropdown1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-3",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text input"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-radio-button",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Triggered by Another Dropdown"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-another-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-3",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Dropdown widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the dropdown widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"14-radio-button",children:"14. Radio button"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The radio button widget is used to capture input in the form of a radio button selection.\nOnce you drop the radio button widget, a popup will open where you can set the radio button name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value, making the radio button read-only, and hiding the label."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"conditional-logic-2",children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," widget supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Radio Button widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Radio Button field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-4",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-4",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-4",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"dropdown-2",children:"Dropdown"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Manager"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"checkbox-1",children:"Checkbox"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is checked, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Checked\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Another example:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"not checked"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Not Checked\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"radio-button-1",children:"Radio Button"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.h4,{id:"example-1--using-is-checked",children:["Example 1 \u2013 Using ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is selected, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: RadioButton1 is Checked\nAction: Show RadioButton2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.h4,{id:"example-2--using-equals",children:["Example 2 \u2013 Using ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Approved"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: RadioButton1 = Approved\nAction: Show RadioButton2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.h4,{id:"example-3--using-does-not-equal",children:["Example 3 \u2013 Using ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"not"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Approved"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: RadioButton1 Does Not Equal Approved\nAction: Show RadioButton2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-4",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-4",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," widget is displayed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example-3",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show RadioButton1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-4",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Triggered by Another Radio Button"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-another-radio-button",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-4",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Radio button widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the radio button widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"15-image",children:"15. Image"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The image widget allows signers to upload an image during the signing process.\nAfter placing the Image widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Image widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the image widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"16--attachment-widget",children:"16. \ud83d\udcce Attachment Widget"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Attachment Widget"})," allows signers to upload supporting files directly while completing and signing a document. This is useful when additional documents or evidence are required as part of the signing workflow."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing. Additionally, you can add a hint or instruction to guide signers on what information or file is expected in the widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Image widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the image widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"image",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/8b52c59f-e684-4326-bade-d9312ecfaf30"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"how-the-attachment-widget-works",children:"How the Attachment Widget Works"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Signers can upload up to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"5 files"})," using a single Attachment Widget."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Each file can be a maximum of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10 MB"})," in size."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["A single Attachment Widget can therefore accept up to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"50 MB"})," of attachments in total."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Supported file formats include:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["PDF (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".pdf"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Microsoft Word (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".docx"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["PNG (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".png"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["JPG (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".jpg"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["JPEG (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".jpeg"}),")"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Once the signer uploads the files and completes the signing process, the uploaded files are appended as additional pages to the end of the original PDF document."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"document attchement",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/6325793e-a4ed-4aed-ab12-5e29e625f28a"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.blockquote,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Note:"})," All uploaded attachments become part of the completed document package, making it easier to store, review, and share the signed document along with its supporting files."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"-edit-template",children:"\ud83d\udcc4 Edit Template"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"At the top of the Create Template panel, you\u2019ll find a settings (gear) icon. Clicking this icon opens the Edit Template Details panel, where you can modify various details of your template."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"edit template details",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/161d41fd-bf07-485e-ab7b-5b33e0c500bf"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udd01 File Replacement"})," : Users can replace the existing document by simply uploading a new file. However, certain conditions must be met:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The new document must have the same number of pages."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The page dimensions (width and height) must be identical to the original."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"These conditions are enforced to ensure that, during template editing, the pre-placed widgets remain correctly aligned. If the new document's dimensions don\u2019t match, widgets may shift or be positioned outside the visible area of the document."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"Edit template details",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f03b76d3-6480-4d4b-b310-9f3f4a3acf4c"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"You can also update the following template details:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Template Title"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Description"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Note"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Send in Order"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Auto reminder"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enable OTP Verification"})," :"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enable tour"}),":"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Notify on signatures"}),":"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"BCC"}),":"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Redirect Url"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Time to complete (Days)"}),"\nClik on the submit button to save the edits."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"-document-page-controls",children:"\ud83d\udcc4 Document Page Controls"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Pages"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","In the left-side panel, users will see an ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'"Add" button'}),". Clicking it allows users to select and merge new documents into the current one."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Delete Page"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","An option is available to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"delete"})," any unwanted page from the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Reorder Pages"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Users can reorder pages by clicking the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'"Reorder" button'}),", which opens a popup displaying all pages. Use the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Up"})," and ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Down"})," arrows to change the order. Click ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"})," to apply the new page order."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Zoom In / Zoom Out"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Controls are available to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"zoom in"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"zoom out"})," of the document view."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Rotate Page"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Options are provided to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"rotate pages"})," in both ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"clockwise"})," and ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"counterclockwise"})," directions."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"page controls",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/71e9873b-d8e1-4a01-b0a4-88f9a62b2be4"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"save-template",children:"Save Template"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Next button"}),": Once you\u2019ve organized your widgets and set their properties, simply click the \u201cNext\u201d button to save your template."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After doing so, a \u201cCreate document\u201d popup will appear, prompting you with the question: \u201cDo you want to create a document using the template you just created?\u201d You\u2019ll have the option to choose either \u201cYes\u201d or \u201cNo.\u201d"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'If you select "Yes"'}),": It will create a document using the template you just created."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'If you select "No"'}),": You will be redirected to the Manage templates form."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"step-3",children:"Step 3:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"viewing-and-managing-templates",children:"Viewing and Managing Templates"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Manage Templates"})," page displays all the templates you\u2019ve created or have access to. Each template entry shows key details including the template title, file, owner, assigned signers, and its public/private status."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["For a full walkthrough, check the detailed guide here:",(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/Templates/manage-templates",children:"Manage Templates"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"additional-information",children:"Additional Information"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The fields with an asterisk (*) are mandatory."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Make sure your document is in PDF, PNG, JPG, JPEG, or DOCX format."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"You can access your signed documents in the folder you've selected by visiting OpenSign\u2122 Drive anytime. You can also access the documents from reports section."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If you require more help, feel free to reach out to our customer support on ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"mailto:support@opensignlabs.com",children:"support@opensignlabs.com"}),"."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Happy signing with OpenSign\u2122!"})]})}function a(e={}){const{wrapper:n}={...(0,l.R)(),...e.components};return n?(0,t.jsx)(n,{...e,children:(0,t.jsx)(h,{...e})}):h(e)}}}]); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/assets/js/d1393a72.3bcf00b8.js b/assets/js/d1393a72.3bcf00b8.js deleted file mode 100644 index 3d6c6600c..000000000 --- a/assets/js/d1393a72.3bcf00b8.js +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -"use strict";(globalThis.webpackChunkOpenSign_Docs=globalThis.webpackChunkOpenSign_Docs||[]).push([[841],{11856(e,n,i){i.r(n),i.d(n,{assets:()=>o,contentTitle:()=>d,default:()=>a,frontMatter:()=>l,metadata:()=>s,toc:()=>c});const s=JSON.parse('{"id":"help/New-Document/request-signatures","title":"Request signatures","description":"Interface Overview","source":"@site/docs/help/New-Document/request-signatures.md","sourceDirName":"help/New-Document","slug":"/help/New-Document/request-signatures","permalink":"/docs/help/New-Document/request-signatures","draft":false,"unlisted":false,"editUrl":"https://github.com/opensignlabs/opensign/tree/feat-docs/docs/docs/help/New-Document/request-signatures.md","tags":[],"version":"current","sidebarPosition":2,"frontMatter":{"sidebar_position":2,"title":"Request signatures"},"sidebar":"tutorialSidebar","previous":{"title":"Sign your-self","permalink":"/docs/help/New-Document/sign-yourself"},"next":{"title":"Widgets in OpenSign","permalink":"/docs/help/New-Document/widgets"}}');var t=i(74848),r=i(28453);const l={sidebar_position:2,title:"Request signatures"},d="Request signatures using OpenSign\u2122",o={},c=[{value:"Interface Overview",id:"interface-overview",level:2},{value:"Step 1: Begin New Document Creation",id:"step-1-begin-new-document-creation",level:3},{value:"Uploading Your Document",id:"uploading-your-document",level:3},{value:"Entering Document Details And Signers",id:"entering-document-details-and-signers",level:3},{value:"Organizing Your Document",id:"organizing-your-document",level:3},{value:"Set the sending order",id:"set-the-sending-order",level:3},{value:"Setting the Time Frame",id:"setting-the-time-frame",level:3},{value:"Setting BCC and CC",id:"setting-bcc-and-cc",level:3},{value:"Auto reminder",id:"auto-reminder",level:3},{value:"Security Setting",id:"security-setting",level:3},{value:"Enable tour:",id:"enable-tour",level:3},{value:"Notify on signatures:",id:"notify-on-signatures",level:3},{value:"allow modifications:",id:"allow-modifications",level:3},{value:"Redirect url:",id:"redirect-url",level:3},{value:"Pen colors:",id:"pen-colors",level:3},{value:"Step 2: Proceed to Document Creation Panel",id:"step-2-proceed-to-document-creation-panel",level:3},{value:"Step 3: Document Creation",id:"step-3-document-creation",level:3},{value:"Prefill Widgets",id:"prefill-widgets",level:3},{value:"Signers/Recipients",id:"signersrecipients",level:2},{value:"Access code",id:"access-code",level:2},{value:"How the Access Code Works",id:"how-the-access-code-works",level:3},{value:"Add Widgets for Signers",id:"add-widgets-for-signers",level:2},{value:"1. Add a Signature Widget",id:"1-add-a-signature-widget",level:3},{value:"Signature Widget Options",id:"signature-widget-options",level:3},{value:"2. Add Other Widgets",id:"2-add-other-widgets",level:3},{value:"\u2699\ufe0f Widget Options",id:"\ufe0f-widget-options",level:4},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options",level:3},{value:"Conditional Logic",id:"conditional-logic",level:3},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-1",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-1",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-1",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-1",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-1",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-1",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-1",level:3},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-2",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-2",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-2",level:3},{value:"Dropdown",id:"dropdown",level:3},{value:"Checkbox",id:"checkbox",level:3},{value:"Radio Button",id:"radio-button",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-2",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-2",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example-1",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-2",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-2",level:3},{value:"Conditional Logic",id:"conditional-logic-1",level:3},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-3",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-3",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-3",level:3},{value:"Dropdown",id:"dropdown-1",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-3",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-3",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example-2",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-3",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-3",level:3},{value:"Conditional Logic",id:"conditional-logic-2",level:3},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-4",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-4",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-4",level:3},{value:"Dropdown",id:"dropdown-2",level:3},{value:"Checkbox",id:"checkbox-1",level:3},{value:"Radio Button",id:"radio-button-1",level:3},{value:"Example 1 \u2013 Using Is Checked",id:"example-1--using-is-checked",level:4},{value:"Example 2 \u2013 Using Equals",id:"example-2--using-equals",level:4},{value:"Example 3 \u2013 Using Does Not Equal",id:"example-3--using-does-not-equal",level:4},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-4",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-4",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example-3",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-4",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-4",level:3},{value:"How the Attachment Widget Works",id:"how-the-attachment-widget-works",level:2},{value:"\ud83d\udcc4 Document Page Controls",id:"-document-page-controls",level:3},{value:"Step 4: Next:",id:"step-4-next",level:3},{value:"Step 5: Send Mail",id:"step-5-send-mail",level:3},{value:"Signers Signing Process",id:"signers-signing-process",level:2},{value:"Step 6: Email OTP verification",id:"step-6-email-otp-verification",level:3},{value:"Step 7: Finalizing the Process:",id:"step-7-finalizing-the-process",level:3},{value:"Additional Information",id:"additional-information",level:2}];function h(e){const n={a:"a",blockquote:"blockquote",br:"br",code:"code",em:"em",h1:"h1",h2:"h2",h3:"h3",h4:"h4",header:"header",hr:"hr",li:"li",ol:"ol",p:"p",pre:"pre",strong:"strong",table:"table",tbody:"tbody",td:"td",th:"th",thead:"thead",tr:"tr",ul:"ul",...(0,r.R)(),...e.components};return(0,t.jsxs)(t.Fragment,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.header,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.h1,{id:"request-signatures-using-opensign",children:"Request signatures using OpenSign\u2122"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"interface-overview",children:"Interface Overview"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The OpenSign\u2122 Request signatures interface is designed to streamline the process of creating, preparing, and sending documents for electronic signature."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h1,{id:"how-to-create-and-send-a-document-for-signature-with-opensign",children:"How to Create and Send a Document for Signature with OpenSign\u2122"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-1-begin-new-document-creation",children:"Step 1: Begin New Document Creation"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Navigate to Request Signatures form"}),": Start by navigating to 'Request Signatures' from the main menu to initiate the creation of a document for signatures."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"requets signature",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f3edeafa-66d1-416a-854e-ce666f27e7b7"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"uploading-your-document",children:"Uploading Your Document"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[1] Choose File"}),': Once the "Request signature" form opens, click "Choose file" button to select and upload the document file from your computer that needs to be signed. Currently you can upload only 1 file at a time but you can add additional documents by clicking "Add pages" in the next step.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[2] Choose File from Dropbox"}),": Click the dropbox icon to select the document file from your dropbox account."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"entering-document-details-and-signers",children:"Entering Document Details And Signers"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[3] Title"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.em,{children:"(Required)"}),": Input the title of your document. This identifier will be visible to signers and in your document management."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[4] Signers"}),": Use the dropdown to select existing signers or use the addition button to add a new signer who needs to sign the document. (Here, add the signer's details such as name, email, and phone number)."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[5] Note"}),": Optionally add a note to give context or instructions regarding the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"organizing-your-document",children:"Organizing Your Document"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[6] Folder"}),": Select a folder where you want the document to be stored, or leave it to default to the 'Root' folder. You can browse your documents in a beautiful explorer view by navigating to \"OpenSign\u2122 Drive\"."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"set-the-sending-order",children:"Set the sending order"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"request signature2",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f2e07e62-5a46-480d-b9a9-94f406805ce6"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[7] Send in Order"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"If you choose:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": Selecting this option will send the signing request to the first signer initially. Once the first signer completes their part, the next signer in the sequence will receive the request. This process continues until all signers have signed the document. This method ensures that the document is signed in a specific order."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": Selecting this option will send the signing links to all signers simultaneously. Every signer can sign the document at their convenience, regardless of whether other signers have completed their signatures. This method is faster but does not enforce any signing order among the participants.\nSelect the option that best suits the needs of your document processing."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enforce strict order"}),": When this feature is enabled, signers must sign the document strictly in the predefined order. A signer assigned to the second position cannot sign the document until the first signer has completed their signing process.\nIf a subsequent signer attempts to sign the document before the previous signer has signed, an error message will be displayed, and the document signing process cannot be completed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"Enforce strict order",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/79876739-a8a8-4597-bd67-a6845761ec63"}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"setting-the-time-frame",children:"Setting the Time Frame"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Time To Complete (Days)"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.em,{children:"(Required)"}),": ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[8]"})," Specify the number of days the signers have to complete the signatures. After that, the document will no longer be available for signing."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"setting-bcc-and-cc",children:"Setting BCC and CC"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"BCC"}),": ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[9]"}),' The BCC (Blind Carbon Copy) feature allows users to receive document completion emails at specified email addresses.\nYou can add multiple contacts in the BCC field to notify several recipients.\nYou can either:\nClick "Add New" to enter a new email contact, or\nSelect from existing contacts using the dropdown list.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"CC"}),": ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[10]"}),' The CC (Carbon Copy) feature allows users to receive document completion emails at specified email addresses.\nYou can add multiple contacts in the CC field to notify several recipients.\nYou can either:\nClick "Add New" to enter a new email contact, or\nSelect from existing contacts using the dropdown list.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Merge Certificate to PDF"})," [11]:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": This will ensure that the completion certificate is included in the final PDF document. However, please note that once merged, the certificate cannot be separated from the main document."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": If you choose not to merge, the completion certificate will be provided as a separate PDF file along with the signed document.\nThis feature only available for the paid users."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"auto-reminder",children:"Auto reminder"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[12]"})," Once you enable the auto reminder, a text field will appear allowing you to set the reminder for a specific number of days."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Remind once in every (Days)"}),": You can specify the reminder interval in days (e.g., every 1 or every 2 days).\nNote: You can set a maximum of 15 reminders. For example, if the document completion time is 16 days and you try to schedule a reminder every day, the system will not allow it, as the reminder limit would be exceeded.\nThis feature only available for the paid users."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"security-setting",children:"Security Setting"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enable OTP Verification"})," [13] :"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:'If set to "Yes," the signer will be required to complete email OTP verification before viewing and signing the document.'}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:'If "Enable OTP Verification" is set to "No," the signer will not be prompted for OTP verification during the signing process.'}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Note: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Allow offline signing"})," :\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[14]"})," Choose whether signers can submit a copy of this document signed using an external tool for owner review.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": Signers will see a \u201cSign Offline\u201d option, allowing them to upload an externally signed PDF and submit it to the document owner for approval."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"On Approval: Once the owner approves the submission, the signer\u2019s signing process will be marked as completed. After the document is approved by the owner, a notification email will be sent to the signer confirming that the document has been approved and their signing process is complete. At the same time, a request signature email will be triggered and sent to the next signer in the signing order."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"On Declined: If the document is incorrectly filled out or improperly formatted, the owner can decline it and add comments. The signer can then use the same signing link that was initially shared to them to either re-upload a corrected offline file or continue the process using OpenSign\u2019s online signing interface."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": Signers can only sign within the app. The Sign Offline option will be hidden."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"This setting defaults to your account preference under Preferences and is available on paid plans."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"enable-tour",children:"Enable tour:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[15]"}),' If set to "Yes," the signer will see the tour guide while signing the document. If your signer is familiar with OpenSign and you prefer not to display the tour guide, you can select "No," and the tour guide will not be shown to your signers.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"notify-on-signatures",children:"Notify on signatures:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[16]"}),' If set to "Yes," the document owner will receive an email notification each signer completes their signature.\nNote: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"allow-modifications",children:"allow modifications:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[17]"})," If set to Yes, the signer will be allowed to make modifications to the document during the signing process. However, they cannot edit or remove any fields that were already placed by the document owner. They can only add basic fields such as signature, stamp, initials, text, and cells."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"If both Allow Modification and Enable OTP are set to Yes, the signer will still not be able to edit or delete existing fields, but will gain access to additional advanced fields to add during signing. These include: signature, stamp, initials, name, job title, company, text, cells, and email."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Note: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"redirect-url",children:"Redirect url:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[18]"})," After signing the document and upon its completion, the signer will be redirected to the specified URL."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"pen-colors",children:"Pen colors:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[19]"})," Choose the pen color for signing the document. The selected color will be available during the signing process. OpenSign currently supports red, blue, and black pen colors."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-2-proceed-to-document-creation-panel",children:"Step 2: Proceed to Document Creation Panel"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Next"}),": Once all the necessary fields are filled, click this button to proceed to create the document for signing."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Cancel"}),": If you need to start over or make changes, click this button to clear the form."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-3-document-creation",children:"Step 3: Document Creation"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"prefill-widgets",children:"Prefill Widgets"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Prefill Widgets"})," feature lets document creators prefill specific fields before sending a document for signature. This ensures that important details (such as date, name, email, images, checkboxes, radio buttons, or custom text) are already completed when recipients receive the document. By default, prefilled data cannot be edited by signers."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"Prfill",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/4794b2a9-acc0-4ef8-8110-076f0d90cc57"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\u2728 Key Benefits"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Save time by auto-filling repetitive information."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Ensure accuracy for critical fields (e.g., company name, contract number)."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Maintain consistency across multiple signers and templates."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Reduce signer effort for a smoother signing experience."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udee0\ufe0f How It Works"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Widgets to the Document"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Open the right-side panel, select ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Prefill Widgets"}),", then drag and drop the required widgets (Text, Date, Checkbox, Dropdown, Image, etc.) onto the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enter Prefill Value"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Provide the default value (e.g., ",(0,t.jsx)(n.em,{children:'"Company: OpenSign Labs"'}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.em,{children:"Date: 30/09/2025"}),")."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"For option-based widgets (Dropdown, Radio, Checkbox), choose the option to be prefilled."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udccb Supported Widgets for Prefill"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Field"})," \u2013 Names, job titles, company names, contract IDs"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Field"})," \u2013 Default signing date or contract start date"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," \u2013 Preselect an option"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," \u2013 Prefill with a selected choice"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," \u2013 Prefill as checked or unchecked"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Image"})," \u2013 Insert a default image (e.g., logo or stamp)"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Draw"})," \u2013 Allows the user to draw directly in this widget; use it when a prefill drawing is required."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"signersrecipients",children:"Signers/Recipients"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Below the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Prefill"})," section, you'll find the list of signers that were added while creating the document. From this panel, you can select a recipient to assign widgets or use the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Recipient"})," option to include additional signers."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Each recipient can be assigned one of the following roles:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Signer"}),": If the role is selected as Signer, the signer must fill in all required fields while signing the document before they can complete the signing process."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Viewer"}),": If the role is selected as Viewer, widgets cannot be assigned to that user. The Viewer role only allows the user to view the document."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Approver"}),": If the role is selected as Approver, it works similarly to the Signer role. However, the main difference is that the Approver role does not require a signature widget. The approver can approve the document even if no widgets are assigned."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"access-code",children:"Access code"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Access Code"})," feature in OpenSign adds an extra layer of security to your documents by requiring recipients to enter a unique access code before they can view and sign a document. This feature helps ensure that only authorized recipients can access sensitive documents, even if the signing link is accidentally shared or intercepted."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"Access code",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e227e069-ee56-41ee-832d-b2c210cd3d63"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"how-the-access-code-works",children:"How the Access Code Works"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The document owner can enable ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Access Code"})," protection by clicking the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Lock"})," icon next to the signer's details. This opens the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Access Code"})," dialog, where the owner can enter a unique ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"6-digit numeric access code"})," (for example, ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"809966"}),"). After entering the code, click ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"})," to assign it to the signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Send the document for signature."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The signer receives an email invitation containing the document signing link. Alternatively, the document owner can share the signing link manually through another secure communication channel, such as SMS, a messaging application, or email."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When the signer opens the document signing link, they are prompted to enter the assigned ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"6-digit access code"})," before they can access the document. The signer must obtain this access code directly from the document owner, who should share it using a separate and secure communication channel (such as a phone call, SMS, or messaging application)."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"If the signer enters the correct access code, the document opens and they can proceed with reviewing and signing it."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the signer enters an incorrect access code, access to the document is denied. The signer must enter the correct ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"6-digit numeric access code"})," provided by the document owner to continue."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"add-widgets-for-signers",children:"Add Widgets for Signers"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"1-add-a-signature-widget",children:"1. Add a Signature Widget"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Once your document is loaded in the document creation panel, you'll need to add a signature widget for each signer. Select the signer from the right side panel, click on the signature widget, and position it where the signature is required."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"create document",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/fa5471f0-f7cb-4170-982f-cb213e4db13d"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"signature-widget-options",children:"Signature Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After placing the Signature widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer"}),": Clicking the first icon on the signature widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy Signature"}),": Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages: It will copy the signature widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"2-add-other-widgets",children:"2. Add Other Widgets"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on your needs, you can include additional widgets such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Stamp"}),": The stamp widget allows signers to add a stamp to the document. Signers can upload their stamp during the signing process. After placing the Stamp widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the second option on the stamp widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Copy Stamp: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages : It will copy the stamp widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the stamp widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the stamp widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Initials"}),": The initials widget allows signers to add their initials to the document. During the signing process, signers can draw, upload, or type their initials. After placing the Initials widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Initials widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Copy Initials: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages : It will copy the initials widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the initials widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the initials widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Name"}),": The name widget allows signers to add their name or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the name widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Name widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the name widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Job title"}),": The Job title widget allows signers to add their Job title or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the job title widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Job title widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the job title widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Company"}),": The company widget allows signers to add their company or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the company widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Company widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the Company widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Widget"})}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date widget"})," allows signers to enter a date while signing the document. Once the widget is placed, you can configure its behavior using the available settings in the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Widget Info"})," panel."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"\ufe0f-widget-options",children:"\u2699\ufe0f Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Format"}),": Choose the preferred date format (for example, ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"MM/dd/yyyy"}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"dd-mm-yyyy"}),", or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"dd/mm/yyyy"}),") from the Format dropdown. This determines how the date appears to the signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Set Date"}),": This option allows the user to set a default date, which will be displayed while signing the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Signing Date"}),": When selected, the date on which the signer signs the document will be automatically displayed in the Date widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Clear"}),": Removes the selected date setting."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Range"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Min Date"}),": Sets the earliest date the signer can select."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Max Date"}),": Sets the latest date the signer can select."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Use ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Clear"})," to remove the minimum or maximum date restrictions."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required / Optional"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Mark the widget as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})," if the signer must fill it in before completing the signing, or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})," if it is not mandatory."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Font Settings"}),"\nCustomize the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})," and ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"text color"})," to match the document\u2019s style."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Read Only"}),"\nEnable this option to display a date that cannot be edited by the signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"}),"\nClick ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"})," to apply all selected settings to the Date widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input"}),": The text input field is used to collect input from the signer. Signers can type their responses directly into this field. After placing the Text Input widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting : The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Choosing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font color"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Marking the field as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"required"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"optional"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Providing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"default value"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Making the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"read-only"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Adding a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"hint"}),", which will be displayed on the widget for better clarity"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Custom Validations"})," are also supported, including:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Predefined formats like ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"SSN"}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"email"}),", or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"numeric values"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"For example:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^\\d+$"})," \u2013 allows only digits"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^[A-Z]+$"})," \u2013 allows only uppercase letters"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["You can enter your regex pattern in the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Validations"})," field of the widget.",(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.em,{children:["(Optional reference: ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_obj_regexp.asp",children:"JavaScript RegExp guide"}),")"]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),":"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The Text Input widget also supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets.\nConditional Logic enables the Text Input widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Text Input field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Make the field Required"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Make the field Optional"}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"1897",alt:"conditional logic textinput",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ef89a946-ba4a-4a14-a7ef-97b2a8119e6b"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input"})," widget supports conditional logic based on the values of other widgets.\nThe available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Supported operators:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})," If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is equal to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"text Condition: TextInput1 = HR \nAction: Show TextInput2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Supported operators:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Equals"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Does Not Equal"}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Example\nIf ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"number_widget1 = 5"}),"\nThen ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"Show TextInput1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed if ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the specified conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"text Condition 1: Number Field = 10 OR Condition 2: Checkbox = Checked"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Action:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Show TextInput1"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is displayed if either the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," or the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"example",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"5"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition 2 checkbox"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show TextInput1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget"})," - ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-widget-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-widget-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer / Change Signer"}),": Click the first icon on the Text Input widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can select an existing signer or add a new recipient."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"}),": Click the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"})," icon to duplicate the Text Input widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number widget"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The Number widget is used to collect numeric input from the signer. It accepts only numeric values, helping ensure data accuracy and consistency. The Number widget also supports formulas, allowing you to perform automatic calculations using values from other Number widgets. After placing the Number widget, you will see the following options:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Settings"}),": The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Choosing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font color"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Marking the field as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"required"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"optional"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Providing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"default value"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Making the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"read-only"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Adding a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"placeholder"})," to guide the signer on the expected input"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Assigning a unique ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Name"})," to the widget. This name is used when referencing the widget in formulas.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Example:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"number-1"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"subtotal"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"tax"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"grand_total"})}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Defining a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Formula"})," to automatically calculate values using other Number widgets.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Example:","\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"{{quantity}} * {{price}}\n"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Supported mathematical operators include:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"+"})," Addition"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"-"})," Subtraction"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"*"})," Multiplication"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"/"})," Division"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"%"})," Modulus (Remainder)"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"()"})," Parentheses for grouping operations"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"conditional-logic",children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The Number widget also supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Number widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Number widget can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-1",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-1",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is equal to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show Number1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-1",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show Number2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-1",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-1",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," widget is displayed when either of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show Number1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-1",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-a-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-a-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#supported-operators-6",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget Triggered by Another Number Widget"})," - ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-another-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-1",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer / Change Signer"}),": Click the first icon on the Number widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can choose an existing signer or add a new recipient."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"}),": Click the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"})," icon to duplicate the Number widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Cells"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Cells widget"})," is ideal for documents that require input in a structured, table-like format, allowing the signer to fill in details within individual cells. After dragging and dropping the widget onto the document, you can adjust the number of cells by moving the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"blue marker"}),"."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"Cells widget",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/2a301776-5275-4daf-b361-fd48af2878fc"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Manually entering the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"number of cells"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Choosing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font color"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Marking the field as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"required"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"optional"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Providing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"default value"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Making the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"read-only"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Adding a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"hint"}),", which will be displayed on the widget for better clarity"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Custom Validations"})," are also supported, including:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Predefined formats like ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"SSN"}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"email"}),", or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"numeric values"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions"}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"For example:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^\\d+$"})," \u2013 allows only digits"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^[A-Z]+$"})," \u2013 allows only uppercase letters"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["You can enter your regex pattern in the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Validations"})," field of the widget.",(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.em,{children:["(Optional reference: ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_obj_regexp.asp",children:"JavaScript RegExp guide"}),")"]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"request signatures",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/dee17fe8-243b-4113-896a-00424d12ea8a"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"}),": The checkbox widget is used to capture input in the form of a checkbox selection. Once you drop the checkbox widget, a popup will open where you can set the checkbox name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting the minimum and maximum checks, making the checkbox read-only, and hiding the label."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," widget supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Checkbox widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Checkbox field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-2",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-2",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-2",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"dropdown",children:"Dropdown"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Manager"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"checkbox",children:"Checkbox"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is checked, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Checked\nAction: Show Checkbox2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Another example:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"not checked"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Not Checked\nAction: Show Checkbox2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"radio-button",children:"Radio Button"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button1"})," is checked, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Radio Button1 is Checked\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-2",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-2",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," widget is displayed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example-1",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show Checkbox1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-2",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-a-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-a-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-a-radio-button",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Triggered by Another Checkbox"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-another-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-2",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer / Change Signer"}),": Click the first icon on the Checkbox widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can select an existing signer or add a new recipient."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"}),": Click the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"})," icon to duplicate the Checkbox widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"}),": Once you drop the dropdown widget, a popup will open where you can set the dropdown name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value and marking the dropdown as required or optional."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"conditional-logic-1",children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," widget supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Dropdown widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Dropdown field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-3",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-3",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is equal to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show Dropdown1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-3",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show Dropdown1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"dropdown-1",children:"Dropdown"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Manager"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager\nAction: Show Dropdown2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-3",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-3",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," widget is displayed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example-2",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show Dropdown1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-3",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text input"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-radio-button",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Triggered by Another Dropdown"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-another-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-3",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer / Change Signer"}),": Click the first icon on the Dropdown widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can select an existing signer or add a new recipient."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"}),": Click the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"})," icon to duplicate the Dropdown widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio button"}),": The radio button widget is used to capture input in the form of a radio button selection. Once you drop the radio button widget, a popup will open where you can set the radio button name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value, making the radio button read-only, and hiding the label."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"conditional-logic-2",children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," widget supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Radio Button widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Radio Button field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-4",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-4",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-4",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"dropdown-2",children:"Dropdown"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Manager"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"checkbox-1",children:"Checkbox"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is checked, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Checked\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Another example:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"not checked"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Not Checked\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"radio-button-1",children:"Radio Button"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.h4,{id:"example-1--using-is-checked",children:["Example 1 \u2013 Using ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is selected, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: RadioButton1 is Checked\nAction: Show RadioButton2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.h4,{id:"example-2--using-equals",children:["Example 2 \u2013 Using ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Approved"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: RadioButton1 = Approved\nAction: Show RadioButton2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.h4,{id:"example-3--using-does-not-equal",children:["Example 3 \u2013 Using ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"not"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Approved"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: RadioButton1 Does Not Equal Approved\nAction: Show RadioButton2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-4",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-4",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," widget is displayed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example-3",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show RadioButton1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-4",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Triggered by Another Radio Button"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-another-radio-button",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-4",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer / Change Signer"}),": Click the first icon on the Radio Button widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can select an existing signer or add a new recipient."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"}),": Click the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"})," icon to duplicate the Radio Button widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Image"}),": The image widget allows signers to upload an image during the signing process. After placing the Image widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Image widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the image widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Email"}),": The email widget is used to enter an email address during the signing process. It only accepts input in a valid email format. If the signer enters invalid text, a validation error will occur, and the document cannot be completed until it's corrected. After placing the email widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Email widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the email widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udcce Attachment Widget"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Attachment Widget"})," allows signers to upload supporting files directly while completing and signing a document. This is useful when additional documents or evidence are required as part of the signing workflow."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing. Additionally, you can add a hint or instruction to guide signers on what information or file is expected in the widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Image widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the image widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"image",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f52e704d-c69f-464a-b3fa-f76f27d98fed"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"how-the-attachment-widget-works",children:"How the Attachment Widget Works"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Signers can upload up to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"5 files"})," using a single Attachment Widget."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Each file can be a maximum of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10 MB"})," in size."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["A single Attachment Widget can therefore accept up to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"50 MB"})," of attachments in total."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Supported file formats include:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["PDF (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".pdf"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Microsoft Word (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".docx"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["PNG (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".png"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["JPG (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".jpg"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["JPEG (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".jpeg"}),")"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Once the signer uploads the files and completes the signing process, the uploaded files are appended as additional pages to the end of the original PDF document."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"document attchement",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/6325793e-a4ed-4aed-ab12-5e29e625f28a"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.blockquote,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Note:"})," All uploaded attachments become part of the completed document package, making it easier to store, review, and share the signed document along with its supporting files."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"-document-page-controls",children:"\ud83d\udcc4 Document Page Controls"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Navigating Between Pages in OpenSign\u2122"}),"\nTo navigate between pages of a document that you have uploaded either click on the previous page \u2227 & V next page buttons at the top or click on any of the page previews loaded on the left side."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"OpenSign Page controls",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/c577e165-f8ac-45c7-bc6f-d499c710a7ed"}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Pages"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","In the left-side panel, users will see an ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'"Add" button'}),". Clicking it allows users to select and merge new documents into the current one."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Delete Page"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","An option is available to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"delete"})," any unwanted page from the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Reorder Pages"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Users can reorder pages by clicking the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'"Reorder" button'}),", which opens a popup displaying all pages. Use the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Up"})," and ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Down"})," arrows to change the order. Click ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"})," to apply the new page order."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Zoom In / Zoom Out"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Controls are available to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"zoom in"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"zoom out"})," of the document view."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Rotate Page"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Options are provided to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"rotate pages"})," in both ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"clockwise"})," and ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"counterclockwise"})," directions."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-4-next",children:"Step 4: Next:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Next"}),": After adding the widgets and signatures, click the 'Next' button. The document will then be created."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-5-send-mail",children:"Step 5: Send Mail"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After finishing the document creation, a 'Send Mail' popup will appear, offering options to Send Email, Customize Email, Copy Link, or Share the document."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Send Email: Click the 'Send' button to send the document for signing to all signers. If the sending order is set to 'Yes', it will send the document to the first signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Customize Email: Click the 'Customize Email' button to open the email editor. Here, you can set variables and customize the content. After clicking 'Send', the document will be sent for signing to all signers, or if the sending order is set to 'Yes', it will be sent to the first signer with the customized email."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy Link: You can copy the link to sign the document."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Share: Use this option to share the document via email, WhatsApp and other Windows apps"}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"request signatures",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e2344479-daae-43ff-a61a-14ea98b237d6"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"signers-signing-process",children:"Signers Signing Process"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-6-email-otp-verification",children:"Step 6: Email OTP verification"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Once the email is received, the signer can click the 'Sign Here' button. This will open the email verification page. After clicking the 'Get Verification Code' button, an OTP (one-time password) will be sent to the signer\u2019s email address. Enter the received OTP into the verification textbox and click the 'Verify' button."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("div",{children:(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"OpenSign send OTP",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/b82c796a-98e3-4296-bde1-fe86b1b993ad"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("div",{children:(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"OpenSign verify otp",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/63cf4b75-9d47-4630-a83c-e916a5c13b3c"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-7-finalizing-the-process",children:"Step 7: Finalizing the Process:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After verification, the signer will be redirected to the document signing page, where he can view the document received for signing. To sign, the signer simply clicks on the signature widget, which allows them to draw, upload a digitally scanned signature, or type the signature."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After filling out all assigned widgets, click the 'Finish' button. Once the document is finished,."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The signer has the option of downloading or printing the signed document. He will also obtain the completion certificate if he is the final signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"If there are more than one signer, the document will be immediately sent to the next signer. Once all signers have finished their signatures, they can download and print the signed document as well as the completion certificate."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"OpenSignFinalStep",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f4783aa0-2879-4ec2-9ddc-16d59f3a1fc0"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"additional-information",children:"Additional Information"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All fields marked with an asterisk (*) must be completed before the document can be submitted."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Ensure that the document format is supported by OpenSign before uploading."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Signed documents can be accessed in the designated 'Root' folder or the one you have specified."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If you require more help, feel free to reach out to our customer support on ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"mailto:support@opensignlabs.com",children:"support@opensignlabs.com"}),"."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Happy signing with OpenSign\u2122!"})]})}function a(e={}){const{wrapper:n}={...(0,r.R)(),...e.components};return n?(0,t.jsx)(n,{...e,children:(0,t.jsx)(h,{...e})}):h(e)}}}]); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/assets/js/d1393a72.c73d6ece.js b/assets/js/d1393a72.c73d6ece.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29a1a410c --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/js/d1393a72.c73d6ece.js @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +"use strict";(globalThis.webpackChunkOpenSign_Docs=globalThis.webpackChunkOpenSign_Docs||[]).push([[841],{11856(e,n,i){i.r(n),i.d(n,{assets:()=>o,contentTitle:()=>l,default:()=>a,frontMatter:()=>d,metadata:()=>s,toc:()=>c});const s=JSON.parse('{"id":"help/New-Document/request-signatures","title":"Request signatures","description":"Interface Overview","source":"@site/docs/help/New-Document/request-signatures.md","sourceDirName":"help/New-Document","slug":"/help/New-Document/request-signatures","permalink":"/docs/help/New-Document/request-signatures","draft":false,"unlisted":false,"editUrl":"https://github.com/opensignlabs/opensign/tree/feat-docs/docs/docs/help/New-Document/request-signatures.md","tags":[],"version":"current","sidebarPosition":2,"frontMatter":{"sidebar_position":2,"title":"Request signatures"},"sidebar":"tutorialSidebar","previous":{"title":"Sign your-self","permalink":"/docs/help/New-Document/sign-yourself"},"next":{"title":"Widgets in OpenSign","permalink":"/docs/help/New-Document/widgets"}}');var t=i(74848),r=i(28453);const d={sidebar_position:2,title:"Request signatures"},l="Request signatures using OpenSign\u2122",o={},c=[{value:"Interface Overview",id:"interface-overview",level:2},{value:"Step 1: Begin New Document Creation",id:"step-1-begin-new-document-creation",level:3},{value:"Uploading Your Document",id:"uploading-your-document",level:3},{value:"Entering Document Details And Signers",id:"entering-document-details-and-signers",level:3},{value:"Organizing Your Document",id:"organizing-your-document",level:3},{value:"Set the sending order",id:"set-the-sending-order",level:3},{value:"Setting the Time Frame",id:"setting-the-time-frame",level:3},{value:"Setting BCC and CC",id:"setting-bcc-and-cc",level:3},{value:"Auto reminder",id:"auto-reminder",level:3},{value:"Security Setting",id:"security-setting",level:3},{value:"Enable tour:",id:"enable-tour",level:3},{value:"Notify on signatures:",id:"notify-on-signatures",level:3},{value:"allow modifications:",id:"allow-modifications",level:3},{value:"Redirect url:",id:"redirect-url",level:3},{value:"Pen colors:",id:"pen-colors",level:3},{value:"Step 2: Proceed to Document Creation Panel",id:"step-2-proceed-to-document-creation-panel",level:3},{value:"Step 3: Document Creation",id:"step-3-document-creation",level:3},{value:"Prefill Widgets",id:"prefill-widgets",level:3},{value:"Signers/Recipients",id:"signersrecipients",level:2},{value:"Access code",id:"access-code",level:2},{value:"How the Access Code Works",id:"how-the-access-code-works",level:3},{value:"Add Widgets for Signers",id:"add-widgets-for-signers",level:2},{value:"1. Add a Signature Widget",id:"1-add-a-signature-widget",level:2},{value:"Signature Widget Options",id:"signature-widget-options",level:3},{value:"Add Other Widgets",id:"add-other-widgets",level:2},{value:"2. Stamp",id:"2-stamp",level:2},{value:"3. Initials",id:"3-initials",level:2},{value:"4. Text Input",id:"4-text-input",level:2},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options",level:3},{value:"5. Number widget",id:"5-number-widget",level:2},{value:"Conditional Logic",id:"conditional-logic",level:3},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-1",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-1",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-1",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-1",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-1",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-1",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-1",level:3},{value:"6. Name",id:"6-name",level:2},{value:"7. Job title",id:"7-job-title",level:2},{value:"8. Company",id:"8-company",level:2},{value:"9. Email",id:"9-email",level:2},{value:"10. Date Widget",id:"10-date-widget",level:2},{value:"\u2699\ufe0f Widget Options",id:"\ufe0f-widget-options",level:4},{value:"11. Cells",id:"11-cells",level:2},{value:"12. Checkbox",id:"12-checkbox",level:2},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-2",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-2",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-2",level:3},{value:"Dropdown",id:"dropdown",level:3},{value:"Checkbox",id:"checkbox",level:3},{value:"Radio Button",id:"radio-button",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-2",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-2",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example-1",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-2",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-2",level:3},{value:"13. Dropdown",id:"13-dropdown",level:2},{value:"Conditional Logic",id:"conditional-logic-1",level:3},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-3",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-3",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-3",level:3},{value:"Dropdown",id:"dropdown-1",level:3},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-3",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-3",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example-2",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-3",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-3",level:3},{value:"14. Radio button",id:"14-radio-button",level:2},{value:"Conditional Logic",id:"conditional-logic-2",level:3},{value:"Supported Conditions",id:"supported-conditions-4",level:2},{value:"Text Input",id:"text-input-4",level:3},{value:"Number",id:"number-4",level:3},{value:"Dropdown",id:"dropdown-2",level:3},{value:"Checkbox",id:"checkbox-1",level:3},{value:"Radio Button",id:"radio-button-1",level:3},{value:"Example 1 \u2013 Using Is Checked",id:"example-1--using-is-checked",level:4},{value:"Example 2 \u2013 Using Equals",id:"example-2--using-equals",level:4},{value:"Example 3 \u2013 Using Does Not Equal",id:"example-3--using-does-not-equal",level:4},{value:"Any Condition (OR)",id:"any-condition-or-4",level:3},{value:"Example",id:"example-4",level:4},{value:"Configuration Example",id:"configuration-example-3",level:2},{value:"Related Conditional Logic Guides",id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-4",level:3},{value:"Additional Widget Options",id:"additional-widget-options-4",level:3},{value:"15. Image",id:"15-image",level:2},{value:"16. \ud83d\udcce Attachment Widget",id:"16--attachment-widget",level:2},{value:"How the Attachment Widget Works",id:"how-the-attachment-widget-works",level:2},{value:"\ud83d\udcc4 Document Page Controls",id:"-document-page-controls",level:3},{value:"Step 4: Next:",id:"step-4-next",level:3},{value:"Step 5: Send Mail",id:"step-5-send-mail",level:3},{value:"Signers Signing Process",id:"signers-signing-process",level:2},{value:"Step 6: Email OTP verification",id:"step-6-email-otp-verification",level:3},{value:"Step 7: Finalizing the Process:",id:"step-7-finalizing-the-process",level:3},{value:"Additional Information",id:"additional-information",level:2}];function h(e){const n={a:"a",blockquote:"blockquote",br:"br",code:"code",em:"em",h1:"h1",h2:"h2",h3:"h3",h4:"h4",header:"header",hr:"hr",li:"li",ol:"ol",p:"p",pre:"pre",strong:"strong",table:"table",tbody:"tbody",td:"td",th:"th",thead:"thead",tr:"tr",ul:"ul",...(0,r.R)(),...e.components};return(0,t.jsxs)(t.Fragment,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.header,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.h1,{id:"request-signatures-using-opensign",children:"Request signatures using OpenSign\u2122"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"interface-overview",children:"Interface Overview"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The OpenSign\u2122 Request signatures interface is designed to streamline the process of creating, preparing, and sending documents for electronic signature."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h1,{id:"how-to-create-and-send-a-document-for-signature-with-opensign",children:"How to Create and Send a Document for Signature with OpenSign\u2122"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-1-begin-new-document-creation",children:"Step 1: Begin New Document Creation"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Navigate to Request Signatures form"}),": Start by navigating to 'Request Signatures' from the main menu to initiate the creation of a document for signatures."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"requets signature",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f3edeafa-66d1-416a-854e-ce666f27e7b7"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"uploading-your-document",children:"Uploading Your Document"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[1] Choose File"}),': Once the "Request signature" form opens, click "Choose file" button to select and upload the document file from your computer that needs to be signed. Currently you can upload only 1 file at a time but you can add additional documents by clicking "Add pages" in the next step.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[2] Choose File from Dropbox"}),": Click the dropbox icon to select the document file from your dropbox account."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"entering-document-details-and-signers",children:"Entering Document Details And Signers"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[3] Title"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.em,{children:"(Required)"}),": Input the title of your document. This identifier will be visible to signers and in your document management."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[4] Signers"}),": Use the dropdown to select existing signers or use the addition button to add a new signer who needs to sign the document. (Here, add the signer's details such as name, email, and phone number)."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[5] Note"}),": Optionally add a note to give context or instructions regarding the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"organizing-your-document",children:"Organizing Your Document"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[6] Folder"}),": Select a folder where you want the document to be stored, or leave it to default to the 'Root' folder. You can browse your documents in a beautiful explorer view by navigating to \"OpenSign\u2122 Drive\"."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"set-the-sending-order",children:"Set the sending order"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"request signature2",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f2e07e62-5a46-480d-b9a9-94f406805ce6"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[7] Send in Order"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"If you choose:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": Selecting this option will send the signing request to the first signer initially. Once the first signer completes their part, the next signer in the sequence will receive the request. This process continues until all signers have signed the document. This method ensures that the document is signed in a specific order."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": Selecting this option will send the signing links to all signers simultaneously. Every signer can sign the document at their convenience, regardless of whether other signers have completed their signatures. This method is faster but does not enforce any signing order among the participants.\nSelect the option that best suits the needs of your document processing."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enforce strict order"}),": When this feature is enabled, signers must sign the document strictly in the predefined order. A signer assigned to the second position cannot sign the document until the first signer has completed their signing process.\nIf a subsequent signer attempts to sign the document before the previous signer has signed, an error message will be displayed, and the document signing process cannot be completed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"Enforce strict order",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/79876739-a8a8-4597-bd67-a6845761ec63"}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"setting-the-time-frame",children:"Setting the Time Frame"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Time To Complete (Days)"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.em,{children:"(Required)"}),": ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[8]"})," Specify the number of days the signers have to complete the signatures. After that, the document will no longer be available for signing."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"setting-bcc-and-cc",children:"Setting BCC and CC"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"BCC"}),": ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[9]"}),' The BCC (Blind Carbon Copy) feature allows users to receive document completion emails at specified email addresses.\nYou can add multiple contacts in the BCC field to notify several recipients.\nYou can either:\nClick "Add New" to enter a new email contact, or\nSelect from existing contacts using the dropdown list.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"CC"}),": ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[10]"}),' The CC (Carbon Copy) feature allows users to receive document completion emails at specified email addresses.\nYou can add multiple contacts in the CC field to notify several recipients.\nYou can either:\nClick "Add New" to enter a new email contact, or\nSelect from existing contacts using the dropdown list.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Merge Certificate to PDF"})," [11]:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": This will ensure that the completion certificate is included in the final PDF document. However, please note that once merged, the certificate cannot be separated from the main document."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": If you choose not to merge, the completion certificate will be provided as a separate PDF file along with the signed document.\nThis feature only available for the paid users."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"auto-reminder",children:"Auto reminder"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[12]"})," Once you enable the auto reminder, a text field will appear allowing you to set the reminder for a specific number of days."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Remind once in every (Days)"}),": You can specify the reminder interval in days (e.g., every 1 or every 2 days).\nNote: You can set a maximum of 15 reminders. For example, if the document completion time is 16 days and you try to schedule a reminder every day, the system will not allow it, as the reminder limit would be exceeded.\nThis feature only available for the paid users."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"security-setting",children:"Security Setting"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enable OTP Verification"})," [13] :"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:'If set to "Yes," the signer will be required to complete email OTP verification before viewing and signing the document.'}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:'If "Enable OTP Verification" is set to "No," the signer will not be prompted for OTP verification during the signing process.'}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Note: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Allow offline signing"})," :\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[14]"})," Choose whether signers can submit a copy of this document signed using an external tool for owner review.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Yes"}),": Signers will see a \u201cSign Offline\u201d option, allowing them to upload an externally signed PDF and submit it to the document owner for approval."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"On Approval: Once the owner approves the submission, the signer\u2019s signing process will be marked as completed. After the document is approved by the owner, a notification email will be sent to the signer confirming that the document has been approved and their signing process is complete. At the same time, a request signature email will be triggered and sent to the next signer in the signing order."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"On Declined: If the document is incorrectly filled out or improperly formatted, the owner can decline it and add comments. The signer can then use the same signing link that was initially shared to them to either re-upload a corrected offline file or continue the process using OpenSign\u2019s online signing interface."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"No"}),": Signers can only sign within the app. The Sign Offline option will be hidden."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"This setting defaults to your account preference under Preferences and is available on paid plans."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"enable-tour",children:"Enable tour:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[15]"}),' If set to "Yes," the signer will see the tour guide while signing the document. If your signer is familiar with OpenSign and you prefer not to display the tour guide, you can select "No," and the tour guide will not be shown to your signers.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"notify-on-signatures",children:"Notify on signatures:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[16]"}),' If set to "Yes," the document owner will receive an email notification each signer completes their signature.\nNote: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"allow-modifications",children:"allow modifications:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[17]"})," If set to Yes, the signer will be allowed to make modifications to the document during the signing process. However, they cannot edit or remove any fields that were already placed by the document owner. They can only add basic fields such as signature, stamp, initials, text, and cells."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"If both Allow Modification and Enable OTP are set to Yes, the signer will still not be able to edit or delete existing fields, but will gain access to additional advanced fields to add during signing. These include: signature, stamp, initials, name, job title, company, text, cells, and email."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Note: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"redirect-url",children:"Redirect url:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[18]"})," After signing the document and upon its completion, the signer will be redirected to the specified URL."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"pen-colors",children:"Pen colors:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"[19]"})," Choose the pen color for signing the document. The selected color will be available during the signing process. OpenSign currently supports red, blue, and black pen colors."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-2-proceed-to-document-creation-panel",children:"Step 2: Proceed to Document Creation Panel"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Next"}),": Once all the necessary fields are filled, click this button to proceed to create the document for signing."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Cancel"}),": If you need to start over or make changes, click this button to clear the form."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-3-document-creation",children:"Step 3: Document Creation"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"prefill-widgets",children:"Prefill Widgets"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Prefill Widgets"})," feature lets document creators prefill specific fields before sending a document for signature. This ensures that important details (such as date, name, email, images, checkboxes, radio buttons, or custom text) are already completed when recipients receive the document. By default, prefilled data cannot be edited by signers."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"Prfill",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/4794b2a9-acc0-4ef8-8110-076f0d90cc57"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\u2728 Key Benefits"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Save time by auto-filling repetitive information."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Ensure accuracy for critical fields (e.g., company name, contract number)."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Maintain consistency across multiple signers and templates."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"\u2705 Reduce signer effort for a smoother signing experience."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udee0\ufe0f How It Works"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Widgets to the Document"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Open the right-side panel, select ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Prefill Widgets"}),", then drag and drop the required widgets (Text, Date, Checkbox, Dropdown, Image, etc.) onto the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Enter Prefill Value"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Provide the default value (e.g., ",(0,t.jsx)(n.em,{children:'"Company: OpenSign Labs"'}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.em,{children:"Date: 30/09/2025"}),")."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"For option-based widgets (Dropdown, Radio, Checkbox), choose the option to be prefilled."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"\ud83d\udccb Supported Widgets for Prefill"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Field"})," \u2013 Names, job titles, company names, contract IDs"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Field"})," \u2013 Default signing date or contract start date"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," \u2013 Preselect an option"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," \u2013 Prefill with a selected choice"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," \u2013 Prefill as checked or unchecked"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Image"})," \u2013 Insert a default image (e.g., logo or stamp)"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Draw"})," \u2013 Allows the user to draw directly in this widget; use it when a prefill drawing is required."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"signersrecipients",children:"Signers/Recipients"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Below the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Prefill"})," section, you'll find the list of signers that were added while creating the document. From this panel, you can select a recipient to assign widgets or use the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Recipient"})," option to include additional signers."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Each recipient can be assigned one of the following roles:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Signer"}),": If the role is selected as Signer, the signer must fill in all required fields while signing the document before they can complete the signing process."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Viewer"}),": If the role is selected as Viewer, widgets cannot be assigned to that user. The Viewer role only allows the user to view the document."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Approver"}),": If the role is selected as Approver, it works similarly to the Signer role. However, the main difference is that the Approver role does not require a signature widget. The approver can approve the document even if no widgets are assigned."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"access-code",children:"Access code"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Access Code"})," feature in OpenSign adds an extra layer of security to your documents by requiring recipients to enter a unique access code before they can view and sign a document. This feature helps ensure that only authorized recipients can access sensitive documents, even if the signing link is accidentally shared or intercepted."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"Access code",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e227e069-ee56-41ee-832d-b2c210cd3d63"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"how-the-access-code-works",children:"How the Access Code Works"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The document owner can enable ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Access Code"})," protection by clicking the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Lock"})," icon next to the signer's details. This opens the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Access Code"})," dialog, where the owner can enter a unique ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"6-digit numeric access code"})," (for example, ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"809966"}),"). After entering the code, click ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"})," to assign it to the signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Send the document for signature."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The signer receives an email invitation containing the document signing link. Alternatively, the document owner can share the signing link manually through another secure communication channel, such as SMS, a messaging application, or email."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When the signer opens the document signing link, they are prompted to enter the assigned ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"6-digit access code"})," before they can access the document. The signer must obtain this access code directly from the document owner, who should share it using a separate and secure communication channel (such as a phone call, SMS, or messaging application)."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"If the signer enters the correct access code, the document opens and they can proceed with reviewing and signing it."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the signer enters an incorrect access code, access to the document is denied. The signer must enter the correct ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"6-digit numeric access code"})," provided by the document owner to continue."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"add-widgets-for-signers",children:"Add Widgets for Signers"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"1-add-a-signature-widget",children:"1. Add a Signature Widget"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Once your document is loaded in the document creation panel, you'll need to add a signature widget for each signer. Select the signer from the right side panel, click on the signature widget, and position it where the signature is required."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"866",alt:"create document",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/fa5471f0-f7cb-4170-982f-cb213e4db13d"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"signature-widget-options",children:"Signature Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After placing the Signature widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer"}),": Clicking the first icon on the signature widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy Signature"}),": Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages: It will copy the signature widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"add-other-widgets",children:"Add Other Widgets"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on your needs, you can include additional widgets such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"2-stamp",children:"2. Stamp"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The stamp widget allows signers to add a stamp to the document. Signers can upload their stamp during the signing process."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After placing the Stamp widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the second option on the stamp widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Copy Stamp: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages : It will copy the stamp widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the stamp widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the stamp widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"3-initials",children:"3. Initials"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The initials widget allows signers to add their initials to the document. During the signing process, signers can draw, upload, or type their initials.\nAfter placing the Initials widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Initials widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Copy Initials: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages : It will copy the initials widget to all pages."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but last: It will copy the initials widget to all pages except the last page."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All pages but first: It will copy the initials widget to all pages except the first page."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"4-text-input",children:"4. Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The text input field is used to collect input from the signer. Signers can type their responses directly into this field. After placing the Text Input widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting : The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Choosing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font color"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Marking the field as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"required"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"optional"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Providing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"default value"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Making the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"read-only"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Adding a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"hint"}),", which will be displayed on the widget for better clarity"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Custom Validations"})," are also supported, including:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Predefined formats like ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"SSN"}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"email"}),", or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"numeric values"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"For example:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^\\d+$"})," \u2013 allows only digits"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^[A-Z]+$"})," \u2013 allows only uppercase letters"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["You can enter your regex pattern in the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Validations"})," field of the widget.",(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.em,{children:["(Optional reference: ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_obj_regexp.asp",children:"JavaScript RegExp guide"}),")"]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),":"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The Text Input widget also supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets.\nConditional Logic enables the Text Input widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Text Input field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Make the field Required"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Make the field Optional"}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"1897",alt:"conditional logic textinput",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ef89a946-ba4a-4a14-a7ef-97b2a8119e6b"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input"})," widget supports conditional logic based on the values of other widgets.\nThe available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Supported operators:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})," If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is equal to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"text Condition: TextInput1 = HR \nAction: Show TextInput2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Supported operators:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Equals"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Does Not Equal"}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Example\nIf ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"number_widget1 = 5"}),"\nThen ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"Show TextInput1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed if ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the specified conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"text Condition 1: Number Field = 10 OR Condition 2: Checkbox = Checked"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Action:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Show TextInput1"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is displayed if either the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," or the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"example",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"5"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition 2 checkbox"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show TextInput1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget"})," - ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-widget-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-widget-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-as-the-trigger",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer / Change Signer"}),": Click the first icon on the Text Input widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can select an existing signer or add a new recipient."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"}),": Click the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"})," icon to duplicate the Text Input widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"5-number-widget",children:"5. Number widget"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The Number widget is used to collect numeric input from the signer. It accepts only numeric values, helping ensure data accuracy and consistency. The Number widget also supports formulas, allowing you to perform automatic calculations using values from other Number widgets. After placing the Number widget, you will see the following options:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Settings"}),": The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Choosing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font color"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Marking the field as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"required"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"optional"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Providing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"default value"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Making the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"read-only"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Adding a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"placeholder"})," to guide the signer on the expected input"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Assigning a unique ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Name"})," to the widget. This name is used when referencing the widget in formulas.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Example:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"number-1"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"subtotal"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"tax"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"grand_total"})}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Defining a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Formula"})," to automatically calculate values using other Number widgets.","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Example:","\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"{{quantity}} * {{price}}\n"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Supported mathematical operators include:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"+"})," Addition"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"-"})," Subtraction"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"*"})," Multiplication"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"/"})," Division"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"%"})," Modulus (Remainder)"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"()"})," Parentheses for grouping operations"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"conditional-logic",children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The Number widget also supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Number widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Number widget can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-1",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-1",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is equal to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show Number1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-1",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show Number2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-1",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-1",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," widget is displayed when either of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show Number1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-1",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-a-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-a-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#supported-operators-6",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget Triggered by Another Number Widget"})," - ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#number-widget-triggered-by-another-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-1",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer / Change Signer"}),": Click the first icon on the Number widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can choose an existing signer or add a new recipient."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"}),": Click the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"})," icon to duplicate the Number widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"6-name",children:"6. Name"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The name widget allows signers to add their name or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the name widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Name widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the name widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"7-job-title",children:"7. Job title"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The Job title widget allows signers to add their Job title or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the job title widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Job title widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the job title widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"8-company",children:"8. Company"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The company widget allows signers to add their company or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the company widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Company widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the Company widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"9-email",children:"9. Email"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The email widget is used to enter an email address during the signing process. It only accepts input in a valid email format. If the signer enters invalid text, a validation error will occur, and the document cannot be completed until it's corrected. After placing the email widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Email widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the email widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"10-date-widget",children:"10. Date Widget"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date widget"})," allows signers to enter a date while signing the document. Once the widget is placed, you can configure its behavior using the available settings in the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Widget Info"})," panel."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"\ufe0f-widget-options",children:"\u2699\ufe0f Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Format"}),": Choose the preferred date format (for example, ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"MM/dd/yyyy"}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"dd-mm-yyyy"}),", or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"dd/mm/yyyy"}),") from the Format dropdown. This determines how the date appears to the signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Set Date"}),": This option allows the user to set a default date, which will be displayed while signing the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Signing Date"}),": When selected, the date on which the signer signs the document will be automatically displayed in the Date widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Clear"}),": Removes the selected date setting."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Date Range"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Min Date"}),": Sets the earliest date the signer can select."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Max Date"}),": Sets the latest date the signer can select."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Use ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Clear"})," to remove the minimum or maximum date restrictions."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required / Optional"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Mark the widget as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})," if the signer must fill it in before completing the signing, or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})," if it is not mandatory."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Font Settings"}),"\nCustomize the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})," and ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"text color"})," to match the document\u2019s style."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Read Only"}),"\nEnable this option to display a date that cannot be edited by the signer."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"}),"\nClick ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"})," to apply all selected settings to the Date widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"11-cells",children:"11. Cells"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Cells widget"})," is ideal for documents that require input in a structured, table-like format, allowing the signer to fill in details within individual cells. After dragging and dropping the widget onto the document, you can adjust the number of cells by moving the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"blue marker"}),"."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"Cells widget",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/2a301776-5275-4daf-b361-fd48af2878fc"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Manually entering the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"number of cells"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Choosing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font color"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Setting the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"font size"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Marking the field as ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"required"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"optional"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Providing a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"default value"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Making the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"read-only"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Hide text with asterisks"}),': **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.']}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Adding a ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"hint"}),", which will be displayed on the widget for better clarity"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Custom Validations"})," are also supported, including:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Predefined formats like ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"SSN"}),", ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"email"}),", or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"numeric values"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions"}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"For example:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^\\d+$"})," \u2013 allows only digits"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:"^[A-Z]+$"})," \u2013 allows only uppercase letters"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["You can enter your regex pattern in the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Validations"})," field of the widget.",(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.em,{children:["(Optional reference: ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://www.w3schools.com/jsref/jsref_obj_regexp.asp",children:"JavaScript RegExp guide"}),")"]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"request signatures",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/dee17fe8-243b-4113-896a-00424d12ea8a"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"12-checkbox",children:"12. Checkbox"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The checkbox widget is used to capture input in the form of a checkbox selection. Once you drop the checkbox widget, a popup will open where you can set the checkbox name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting the minimum and maximum checks, making the checkbox read-only, and hiding the label."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," widget supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Checkbox widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Checkbox field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-2",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-2",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-2",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"dropdown",children:"Dropdown"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Manager"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"checkbox",children:"Checkbox"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is checked, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Checked\nAction: Show Checkbox2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Another example:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"not checked"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Not Checked\nAction: Show Checkbox2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"radio-button",children:"Radio Button"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button1"})," is checked, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Radio Button1 is Checked\nAction: Show Checkbox1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-2",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-2",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," widget is displayed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example-1",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show Checkbox1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-2",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-a-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-a-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-a-radio-button",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Triggered by Another Checkbox"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#checkbox-triggered-by-another-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-2",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer / Change Signer"}),": Click the first icon on the Checkbox widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can select an existing signer or add a new recipient."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"}),": Click the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"})," icon to duplicate the Checkbox widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"13-dropdown",children:"13. Dropdown"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Once you drop the dropdown widget, a popup will open where you can set the dropdown name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value and marking the dropdown as required or optional."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"conditional-logic-1",children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," widget supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Dropdown widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Dropdown field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-3",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-3",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is equal to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show Dropdown1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-3",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show Dropdown1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"dropdown-1",children:"Dropdown"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Manager"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager\nAction: Show Dropdown2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-3",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-3",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," widget is displayed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example-2",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show Dropdown1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-3",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text input"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-a-radio-button",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Triggered by Another Dropdown"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#dropdown-triggered-by-another-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-3",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer / Change Signer"}),": Click the first icon on the Dropdown widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can select an existing signer or add a new recipient."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"}),": Click the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"})," icon to duplicate the Dropdown widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"14-radio-button",children:"14. Radio button"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The radio button widget is used to capture input in the form of a radio button selection. Once you drop the radio button widget, a popup will open where you can set the radio button name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value, making the radio button read-only, and hiding the label."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"conditional-logic-2",children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," widget supports ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditional Logic"}),", allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Conditional Logic enables the Radio Button widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Depending on the configured rule, the Radio Button field can:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Show the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Hide the field"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Required"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Make the field ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Optional"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"supported-conditions-4",children:"Supported Conditions"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"text-input-4",children:"Text Input"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the value entered in ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"TextInput1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"HR"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: TextInput1 = HR\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"number-4",children:"Number"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number1"})," equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Number1 = 10\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"dropdown-2",children:"Dropdown"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Manager"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"checkbox-1",children:"Checkbox"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Example"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is checked, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Checked\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Another example:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"not checked"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: Checkbox1 is Not Checked\nAction: Show RadioButton1\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"radio-button-1",children:"Radio Button"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Supported operators:"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Not Checked"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.h4,{id:"example-1--using-is-checked",children:["Example 1 \u2013 Using ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is selected, then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: RadioButton1 is Checked\nAction: Show RadioButton2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.h4,{id:"example-2--using-equals",children:["Example 2 \u2013 Using ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Equals"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Approved"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: RadioButton1 = Approved\nAction: Show RadioButton2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.h4,{id:"example-3--using-does-not-equal",children:["Example 3 \u2013 Using ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Does Not Equal"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If the selected value of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," is ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"not"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Approved"}),", then ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton2"})," is displayed."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.pre,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{className:"language-text",children:"Condition: RadioButton1 Does Not Equal Approved\nAction: Show RadioButton2\n"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"any-condition-or-4",children:"Any Condition (OR)"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["When ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})," is selected, the configured action is performed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"at least one"})," of the configured conditions is satisfied."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h4,{id:"example-4",children:"Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Conditions"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Number Field = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"OR"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Checkbox = ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checked"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["Show ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," widget is displayed when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," of the following conditions is met:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["The signer enters ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," in the Number field."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"The signer checks the Checkbox."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"configuration-example-3",children:"Configuration Example"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.table,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.thead,{children:(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Property"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.th,{children:"Value"})]})}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tbody,{children:[(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Type"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Any Condition (OR)"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 1"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Number"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Equals"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition Value"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"10"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Trigger Widget 2"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Checkbox"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Condition"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Is Checked"})]}),(0,t.jsxs)(n.tr,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Action"})}),(0,t.jsx)(n.td,{children:"Show RadioButton1"})]})]})]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Result"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The configured ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"RadioButton1"})," widget becomes visible when ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"either"})," the Number field equals ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10"})," ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"or"})," the Checkbox is checked."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"related-conditional-logic-guides-4",children:"Related Conditional Logic Guides"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button"})," widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Text Input Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-text-input",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Number Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-number-widget",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Dropdown Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-dropdown",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Checkbox Widget"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-a-checkbox",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Radio Button Triggered by Another Radio Button"})," \u2013 ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"https://docs.opensignlabs.com/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/#radio-button-triggered-by-another-radio-button",children:"Read more"})]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"additional-widget-options-4",children:"Additional Widget Options"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Signer / Change Signer"}),": Click the first icon on the Radio Button widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can select an existing signer or add a new recipient."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"}),": Click the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Copy"})," icon to duplicate the Radio Button widget."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"15-image",children:"15. Image"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The image widget allows signers to upload an image during the signing process. After placing the Image widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Image widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the image widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.hr,{}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"16--attachment-widget",children:"16. \ud83d\udcce Attachment Widget"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["The ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Attachment Widget"})," allows signers to upload supporting files directly while completing and signing a document. This is useful when additional documents or evidence are required as part of the signing workflow."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing. Additionally, you can add a hint or instruction to guide signers on what information or file is expected in the widget."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Image widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the image widget."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"image",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f52e704d-c69f-464a-b3fa-f76f27d98fed"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"how-the-attachment-widget-works",children:"How the Attachment Widget Works"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ol,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Signers can upload up to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"5 files"})," using a single Attachment Widget."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Each file can be a maximum of ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"10 MB"})," in size."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["A single Attachment Widget can therefore accept up to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"50 MB"})," of attachments in total."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Supported file formats include:","\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["PDF (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".pdf"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["Microsoft Word (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".docx"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["PNG (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".png"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["JPG (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".jpg"}),")"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["JPEG (",(0,t.jsx)(n.code,{children:".jpeg"}),")"]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Once the signer uploads the files and completes the signing process, the uploaded files are appended as additional pages to the end of the original PDF document."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"document attchement",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/6325793e-a4ed-4aed-ab12-5e29e625f28a"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.blockquote,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Note:"})," All uploaded attachments become part of the completed document package, making it easier to store, review, and share the signed document along with its supporting files."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"-document-page-controls",children:"\ud83d\udcc4 Document Page Controls"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Navigating Between Pages in OpenSign\u2122"}),"\nTo navigate between pages of a document that you have uploaded either click on the previous page \u2227 & V next page buttons at the top or click on any of the page previews loaded on the left side."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"918",alt:"OpenSign Page controls",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/c577e165-f8ac-45c7-bc6f-d499c710a7ed"}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Add Pages"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","In the left-side panel, users will see an ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'"Add" button'}),". Clicking it allows users to select and merge new documents into the current one."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Delete Page"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","An option is available to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"delete"})," any unwanted page from the document."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Reorder Pages"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Users can reorder pages by clicking the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:'"Reorder" button'}),", which opens a popup displaying all pages. Use the ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Up"})," and ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Down"})," arrows to change the order. Click ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Save"})," to apply the new page order."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Zoom In / Zoom Out"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Controls are available to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"zoom in"})," or ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"zoom out"})," of the document view."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Rotate Page"}),(0,t.jsx)(n.br,{}),"\n","Options are provided to ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"rotate pages"})," in both ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"clockwise"})," and ",(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"counterclockwise"})," directions."]}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-4-next",children:"Step 4: Next:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:[(0,t.jsx)(n.strong,{children:"Next"}),": After adding the widgets and signatures, click the 'Next' button. The document will then be created."]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-5-send-mail",children:"Step 5: Send Mail"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After finishing the document creation, a 'Send Mail' popup will appear, offering options to Send Email, Customize Email, Copy Link, or Share the document."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Send Email: Click the 'Send' button to send the document for signing to all signers. If the sending order is set to 'Yes', it will send the document to the first signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Customize Email: Click the 'Customize Email' button to open the email editor. Here, you can set variables and customize the content. After clicking 'Send', the document will be sent for signing to all signers, or if the sending order is set to 'Yes', it will be sent to the first signer with the customized email."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Copy Link: You can copy the link to sign the document."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Share: Use this option to share the document via email, WhatsApp and other Windows apps"}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"request signatures",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e2344479-daae-43ff-a61a-14ea98b237d6"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"signers-signing-process",children:"Signers Signing Process"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-6-email-otp-verification",children:"Step 6: Email OTP verification"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Once the email is received, the signer can click the 'Sign Here' button. This will open the email verification page. After clicking the 'Get Verification Code' button, an OTP (one-time password) will be sent to the signer\u2019s email address. Enter the received OTP into the verification textbox and click the 'Verify' button."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("div",{children:(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"OpenSign send OTP",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/b82c796a-98e3-4296-bde1-fe86b1b993ad"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("div",{children:(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"OpenSign verify otp",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/63cf4b75-9d47-4630-a83c-e916a5c13b3c"})}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h3,{id:"step-7-finalizing-the-process",children:"Step 7: Finalizing the Process:"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After verification, the signer will be redirected to the document signing page, where he can view the document received for signing. To sign, the signer simply clicks on the signature widget, which allows them to draw, upload a digitally scanned signature, or type the signature."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"After filling out all assigned widgets, click the 'Finish' button. Once the document is finished,."}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"The signer has the option of downloading or printing the signed document. He will also obtain the completion certificate if he is the final signer."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.li,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"If there are more than one signer, the document will be immediately sent to the next signer. Once all signers have finished their signatures, they can download and print the signed document as well as the completion certificate."}),"\n"]}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)("img",{width:"800",alt:"OpenSignFinalStep",src:"https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f4783aa0-2879-4ec2-9ddc-16d59f3a1fc0"}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.h2,{id:"additional-information",children:"Additional Information"}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.ul,{children:["\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"All fields marked with an asterisk (*) must be completed before the document can be submitted."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Ensure that the document format is supported by OpenSign before uploading."}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.li,{children:"Signed documents can be accessed in the designated 'Root' folder or the one you have specified."}),"\n"]}),"\n",(0,t.jsxs)(n.p,{children:["If you require more help, feel free to reach out to our customer support on ",(0,t.jsx)(n.a,{href:"mailto:support@opensignlabs.com",children:"support@opensignlabs.com"}),"."]}),"\n",(0,t.jsx)(n.p,{children:"Happy signing with OpenSign\u2122!"})]})}function a(e={}){const{wrapper:n}={...(0,r.R)(),...e.components};return n?(0,t.jsx)(n,{...e,children:(0,t.jsx)(h,{...e})}):h(e)}}}]); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/assets/js/runtime~main.bc6b01b1.js b/assets/js/runtime~main.fa3d6f58.js similarity index 98% rename from assets/js/runtime~main.bc6b01b1.js rename to assets/js/runtime~main.fa3d6f58.js index 39207b425..a37bc8b2e 100644 --- a/assets/js/runtime~main.bc6b01b1.js +++ b/assets/js/runtime~main.fa3d6f58.js @@ -1 +1 @@ -(()=>{"use strict";var e,a,c,f,d,b={},r={};function t(e){var a=r[e];if(void 0!==a)return a.exports;var c=r[e]={id:e,loaded:!1,exports:{}};return b[e].call(c.exports,c,c.exports,t),c.loaded=!0,c.exports}t.m=b,t.c=r,e=[],t.O=(a,c,f,d)=>{if(!c){var b=1/0;for(n=0;n=d)&&Object.keys(t.O).every(e=>t.O[e](c[o]))?c.splice(o--,1):(r=!1,d0&&e[n-1][2]>d;n--)e[n]=e[n-1];e[n]=[c,f,d]},t.n=e=>{var a=e&&e.__esModule?()=>e.default:()=>e;return t.d(a,{a:a}),a},c=Object.getPrototypeOf?e=>Object.getPrototypeOf(e):e=>e.__proto__,t.t=function(e,f){if(1&f&&(e=this(e)),8&f)return e;if("object"==typeof e&&e){if(4&f&&e.__esModule)return e;if(16&f&&"function"==typeof e.then)return e}var d=Object.create(null);t.r(d);var b={};a=a||[null,c({}),c([]),c(c)];for(var r=2&f&&e;("object"==typeof r||"function"==typeof r)&&!~a.indexOf(r);r=c(r))Object.getOwnPropertyNames(r).forEach(a=>b[a]=()=>e[a]);return b.default=()=>e,t.d(d,b),d},t.d=(e,a)=>{for(var c in a)t.o(a,c)&&!t.o(e,c)&&Object.defineProperty(e,c,{enumerable:!0,get:a[c]})},t.f={},t.e=e=>Promise.all(Object.keys(t.f).reduce((a,c)=>(t.f[c](e,a),a),[])),t.u=e=>"assets/js/"+({33:"7ad5624c",89:"3009d411",108:"1b14d97a",157:"8001f939",206:"d387ddbc",225:"0a7196e9",284:"107ddcf4",285:"23f866da",291:"4f7a2d40",300:"833eda7d",419:"e5d81aec",448:"d77fb6a8",490:"ce589067",539:"cfb1e6eb",560:"500027af",603:"d5380080",636:"eaa24e23",746:"cf03142d",791:"4acb0154",841:"d1393a72",849:"0058b4c6",850:"c6b74119",862:"be3c2a14",930:"05729a5b",956:"19e4dfff",962:"046910c8",1065:"98732f61",1170:"c1e4445e",1179:"489b8a4d",1210:"b3eb04bc",1235:"a7456010",1265:"0c03cd54",1332:"d48fee54",1335:"74c638d3",1440:"277a78f5",1477:"2f6ff211",1543:"3b95ab04",1640:"c9fa5aa5",1651:"19e5ad2a",1665:"7357a3c5",1679:"138cee78",1688:"9640838e",1706:"18b84479",1903:"acecf23e",1915:"61361021",1924:"d8b805fb",1972:"73664a40",2042:"reactPlayerTwitch",2043:"ac7da374",2075:"5c485335",2076:"common",2089:"c7b98810",2131:"299c7a47",2264:"17e5210b",2403:"bd0e2f4c",2634:"c4f5d8e4",2661:"8bd80e56",2703:"da66eb9c",2711:"9e4087bc",2723:"reactPlayerMux",2815:"0ba00a8d",2823:"9b0b43bf",2908:"2c416566",2923:"ec5e470a",3021:"4cff09f6",3073:"e9e778b7",3128:"c674cfb4",3148:"1e1b513c",3230:"d480dde9",3249:"ccc49370",3276:"e5aefb32",3333:"e48228d1",3381:"42f80fc5",3392:"reactPlayerVidyard",3404:"03e06346",3460:"5ce6d213",3522:"e785206d",3588:"293ced56",3633:"b97a0b7b",3637:"f4f34a3a",3694:"8717b14a",3724:"2ffc1e57",3795:"c4fbe420",3841:"56b5f4f8",3891:"8e4d0438",3976:"0e384e19",3979:"64218a31",4001:"d281bdbe",4106:"882238ec",4134:"393be207",4212:"621db11d",4232:"5a144266",4240:"9c9cb35e",4360:"fdd9b680",4372:"9cd612ce",4380:"656c0f50",4466:"56b0ffe9",4504:"5a9dd378",4584:"f82cd581",4813:"6875c492",4833:"c7e3ab5f",4865:"7ef59f7a",4952:"6bef026b",5174:"51e6fce0",5277:"8320e026",5305:"87a6df42",5314:"88a819d0",5342:"4227e71a",5372:"503125be",5373:"02e5f5c4",5506:"01274ace",5510:"02d4f5c5",5524:"21f05a2f",5550:"14716de7",5557:"d9f32620",5597:"b18842e4",5678:"fdae908b",5740:"fdf3f392",5741:"c081699b",5742:"aba21aa0",5752:"6d2e526e",5794:"3b49dc44",5824:"257dcba5",5855:"444a2573",5864:"3a2a59a1",5881:"63d7f7ab",5919:"980c6622",5939:"57cd9455",5946:"3c9ed71a",5970:"0f8cf55d",6007:"611db08b",6011:"56f1c106",6061:"1f391b9e",6157:"3973fcf3",6173:"reactPlayerVimeo",6192:"c195e1f1",6235:"d0524430",6288:"eedafdee",6289:"951b8254",6295:"d91ad230",6302:"873e7b96",6318:"bb4fa758",6328:"reactPlayerDailyMotion",6353:"5e1bb91e",6463:"reactPlayerKaltura",6473:"4c5e977b",6505:"cd2b86eb",6582:"94e1fa32",6648:"0c0943c7",6653:"f214d5ff",6742:"8871da57",6743:"e226bb09",6800:"044432a7",6827:"0edab2fb",6841:"f22c5875",6854:"7c0adceb",6887:"reactPlayerFacebook",6940:"a000203c",6969:"14eb3368",7024:"98334e25",7068:"e92d0461",7075:"4d139b56",7098:"a7bd4aaa",7318:"e76c28ee",7377:"ff9450a5",7381:"20f41f87",7458:"reactPlayerFilePlayer",7472:"814f3328",7477:"36994c47",7533:"a3b21423",7570:"reactPlayerMixcloud",7574:"70276854",7627:"reactPlayerStreamable",7643:"a6aa9e1f",7696:"1ee58ee1",7757:"eb56c656",7797:"767ebc75",7904:"5144c8d4",7910:"e4f5c862",7960:"b2e6bd40",7968:"489197af",8e3:"54a7b8f4",8025:"5e90a9b3",8045:"fff7b69d",8046:"6621d3c0",8089:"b9fdab4b",8097:"ab2a161b",8110:"825a5e83",8121:"3a2db09e",8130:"f81c1134",8146:"c15d9823",8168:"6c0cc40d",8209:"01a85c17",8320:"837d4f04",8413:"ed918ad6",8446:"reactPlayerYouTube",8462:"3217192f",8474:"652d83be",8503:"012b45bf",8564:"58abd73c",8609:"925b3f96",8626:"193ad4d3",8734:"reactPlayerPreview",8737:"7661071f",8744:"ffa808c5",8749:"b93339ed",8901:"1c57a399",8927:"b0378e01",8947:"ef8b811a",9024:"e5a49157",9038:"44f24773",9048:"a94703ab",9070:"851f8f65",9099:"34593b53",9144:"dc8c216b",9190:"6cb65baf",9239:"0c806540",9241:"11b7b3d8",9260:"96f83544",9316:"2ea02f7b",9325:"59362658",9328:"e273c56f",9330:"703158d7",9340:"reactPlayerWistia",9350:"62b755e6",9426:"38ec836e",9429:"fa501e35",9490:"02fcf422",9570:"a3008c1e",9611:"06b6ef6a",9631:"04f87274",9647:"5e95c892",9858:"1f7895dc",9979:"reactPlayerSoundCloud"}[e]||e)+"."+{33:"9547760f",89:"5fffa456",108:"64a23058",157:"f11295d1",206:"05779b28",225:"b6e1febc",284:"faf99a96",285:"323d81b9",291:"cbdacfa5",300:"75038f51",419:"9c4ab6f7",448:"7252287b",490:"5ac1d5e0",539:"aaefd5d7",560:"88575e3b",603:"38001a0b",636:"62348973",746:"1f9f4180",791:"a22ebdb5",841:"3bcf00b8",849:"61ea9788",850:"1804dfd1",862:"666ff95d",930:"9839796a",956:"a9f72a7c",962:"573682f2",1065:"28e64208",1170:"4335d1d5",1179:"90e682e1",1210:"a124905a",1235:"003a3080",1265:"5b0522d3",1332:"f6861694",1335:"ca82510f",1440:"4a429fea",1477:"0bf93bf5",1543:"d900cd2b",1640:"39d3866c",1651:"456209b0",1665:"1ede26e4",1679:"09d89b2c",1688:"649f8555",1706:"7a9128dc",1903:"785e5b99",1915:"0805745d",1924:"5bf7ac2a",1972:"32ef8307",2042:"32fe4d68",2043:"a547ee47",2075:"f9a942c0",2076:"9b789740",2089:"b085e51e",2131:"b81984ef",2237:"108a9157",2264:"1d4eadc9",2403:"f02a3360",2634:"888e8dd3",2661:"811da9ef",2703:"3444bc9f",2711:"50fcce99",2723:"38950730",2815:"b093b303",2823:"14ed211e",2908:"08ef6789",2923:"2ebf4e57",3021:"796c3720",3073:"bbbe330e",3128:"daf594c6",3148:"2c761e08",3230:"2ba7de5a",3249:"1b8a4762",3276:"008069e2",3333:"3f02f75e",3381:"aeb453e2",3392:"b97ea8b4",3404:"287ef655",3460:"2c09e8ba",3522:"34ed0fa3",3554:"6e0477fe",3588:"c4d711c7",3633:"3543e66d",3637:"cbfc4a48",3694:"6b9c4a2d",3724:"7ab9019b",3795:"83c3cb4c",3841:"d1bf0557",3891:"5eda4897",3976:"202c8cb6",3979:"2dc08ef1",4001:"153f1231",4106:"414f7bf5",4129:"3f33ee0f",4134:"5c69a236",4212:"44e9a0aa",4232:"31c1c944",4240:"e9f5b614",4360:"fbe0dc5f",4372:"073baa5b",4380:"bd0ab7cb",4466:"0bbb4afd",4504:"2c0be4fa",4528:"46620c6e",4584:"912dd911",4813:"0ebf699a",4833:"1a2a72a9",4865:"d44ee1ec",4952:"38405a44",5174:"21d65d77",5277:"124e5d30",5305:"27ce96bb",5314:"86e352e8",5342:"e04ea00d",5372:"50a84966",5373:"9d8345bc",5453:"43c63b5b",5506:"03f5edc2",5510:"54d0d61d",5524:"92cf30e2",5550:"34ea4889",5557:"d35dd9e2",5597:"2e736c9e",5678:"b94e6d8d",5740:"ca5cb162",5741:"87b6f467",5742:"3a86eee7",5752:"f7d7ed8f",5794:"93887e5a",5824:"5ad96bcd",5855:"fe0cb846",5864:"3b828295",5881:"1b445937",5919:"f03d02d3",5939:"99fc67d4",5946:"0dff1ff2",5970:"34d283be",6007:"5231c69b",6011:"d98b5ead",6061:"f82b3f46",6157:"901c6cfd",6173:"105dd0ca",6192:"52cdc692",6235:"92382723",6288:"20a24892",6289:"85146abb",6295:"453ed46f",6302:"f9c7eea2",6318:"9ba40aa6",6328:"144e834f",6353:"8b83f2fe",6463:"aac36e3b",6473:"e486fbe3",6505:"34c430ba",6582:"a449e80b",6648:"f1cfda77",6653:"ebbab114",6742:"41f56427",6743:"1caebb95",6800:"1750b62e",6827:"fd6dbe54",6841:"66228efa",6854:"c14aaf5b",6887:"7787cb28",6940:"cbf19973",6969:"a76ceb22",7024:"cbe389b6",7068:"49b54587",7075:"cdb488f7",7098:"8d5f8fb2",7318:"bb403124",7377:"d460f6ed",7381:"e13a36c3",7458:"2fcc11dd",7472:"3d15491a",7477:"34d27d99",7533:"50438a32",7570:"03fef906",7574:"685b1e0d",7627:"7889e0e7",7643:"e077d460",7696:"ddf4fc1f",7757:"435a037b",7797:"c1c27f9c",7904:"48a68cda",7910:"64e06668",7960:"26dcf7b4",7968:"1ceec687",8e3:"5f213fe5",8025:"17a95b1d",8045:"e787489a",8046:"e134ab25",8089:"006b99fe",8097:"cf6b15bb",8110:"90090a5e",8121:"2d763874",8130:"76b1143f",8146:"5c2d59cd",8168:"33966b2f",8209:"ac7054ae",8320:"78f8916b",8413:"bdc96aaf",8446:"0d3ab8a6",8462:"1f56558e",8474:"888ddfc8",8503:"fb529628",8564:"338d50e6",8609:"d9a84c9a",8626:"f5d43b18",8734:"9c808716",8737:"f6668c3d",8744:"0ab62247",8749:"acc67002",8901:"7e9acdf0",8927:"30c60b74",8947:"5ba068d6",9024:"939e06e8",9038:"f83d700e",9048:"1a05ce91",9070:"e97dbd53",9099:"e208adbc",9144:"c36fb6c6",9190:"213303b0",9239:"9a4ec69f",9241:"76c52664",9260:"2347dc4f",9316:"13f0a43c",9325:"7f576902",9328:"e61f2389",9330:"96bbe532",9340:"8c6018fb",9350:"51187a34",9426:"3ed9bf1b",9429:"a89949da",9490:"c1150a5d",9570:"b73d3f30",9611:"eca73feb",9631:"8f98565c",9647:"74f05f80",9858:"edde97f7",9979:"316d7e72"}[e]+".js",t.miniCssF=e=>{},t.o=(e,a)=>Object.prototype.hasOwnProperty.call(e,a),f={},d="OpenSign-Docs:",t.l=(e,a,c,b)=>{if(f[e])f[e].push(a);else{var r,o;if(void 0!==c)for(var l=document.getElementsByTagName("script"),n=0;n{r.onerror=r.onload=null,clearTimeout(s);var d=f[e];if(delete f[e],r.parentNode&&r.parentNode.removeChild(r),d&&d.forEach(e=>e(c)),a)return a(c)},s=setTimeout(u.bind(null,void 0,{type:"timeout",target:r}),12e4);r.onerror=u.bind(null,r.onerror),r.onload=u.bind(null,r.onload),o&&document.head.appendChild(r)}},t.r=e=>{"undefined"!=typeof Symbol&&Symbol.toStringTag&&Object.defineProperty(e,Symbol.toStringTag,{value:"Module"}),Object.defineProperty(e,"__esModule",{value:!0})},t.nmd=e=>(e.paths=[],e.children||(e.children=[]),e),t.p="/",t.gca=function(e){return e={59362658:"9325",61361021:"1915",70276854:"7574","7ad5624c":"33","3009d411":"89","1b14d97a":"108","8001f939":"157",d387ddbc:"206","0a7196e9":"225","107ddcf4":"284","23f866da":"285","4f7a2d40":"291","833eda7d":"300",e5d81aec:"419",d77fb6a8:"448",ce589067:"490",cfb1e6eb:"539","500027af":"560",d5380080:"603",eaa24e23:"636",cf03142d:"746","4acb0154":"791",d1393a72:"841","0058b4c6":"849",c6b74119:"850",be3c2a14:"862","05729a5b":"930","19e4dfff":"956","046910c8":"962","98732f61":"1065",c1e4445e:"1170","489b8a4d":"1179",b3eb04bc:"1210",a7456010:"1235","0c03cd54":"1265",d48fee54:"1332","74c638d3":"1335","277a78f5":"1440","2f6ff211":"1477","3b95ab04":"1543",c9fa5aa5:"1640","19e5ad2a":"1651","7357a3c5":"1665","138cee78":"1679","9640838e":"1688","18b84479":"1706",acecf23e:"1903",d8b805fb:"1924","73664a40":"1972",reactPlayerTwitch:"2042",ac7da374:"2043","5c485335":"2075",common:"2076",c7b98810:"2089","299c7a47":"2131","17e5210b":"2264",bd0e2f4c:"2403",c4f5d8e4:"2634","8bd80e56":"2661",da66eb9c:"2703","9e4087bc":"2711",reactPlayerMux:"2723","0ba00a8d":"2815","9b0b43bf":"2823","2c416566":"2908",ec5e470a:"2923","4cff09f6":"3021",e9e778b7:"3073",c674cfb4:"3128","1e1b513c":"3148",d480dde9:"3230",ccc49370:"3249",e5aefb32:"3276",e48228d1:"3333","42f80fc5":"3381",reactPlayerVidyard:"3392","03e06346":"3404","5ce6d213":"3460",e785206d:"3522","293ced56":"3588",b97a0b7b:"3633",f4f34a3a:"3637","8717b14a":"3694","2ffc1e57":"3724",c4fbe420:"3795","56b5f4f8":"3841","8e4d0438":"3891","0e384e19":"3976","64218a31":"3979",d281bdbe:"4001","882238ec":"4106","393be207":"4134","621db11d":"4212","5a144266":"4232","9c9cb35e":"4240",fdd9b680:"4360","9cd612ce":"4372","656c0f50":"4380","56b0ffe9":"4466","5a9dd378":"4504",f82cd581:"4584","6875c492":"4813",c7e3ab5f:"4833","7ef59f7a":"4865","6bef026b":"4952","51e6fce0":"5174","8320e026":"5277","87a6df42":"5305","88a819d0":"5314","4227e71a":"5342","503125be":"5372","02e5f5c4":"5373","01274ace":"5506","02d4f5c5":"5510","21f05a2f":"5524","14716de7":"5550",d9f32620:"5557",b18842e4:"5597",fdae908b:"5678",fdf3f392:"5740",c081699b:"5741",aba21aa0:"5742","6d2e526e":"5752","3b49dc44":"5794","257dcba5":"5824","444a2573":"5855","3a2a59a1":"5864","63d7f7ab":"5881","980c6622":"5919","57cd9455":"5939","3c9ed71a":"5946","0f8cf55d":"5970","611db08b":"6007","56f1c106":"6011","1f391b9e":"6061","3973fcf3":"6157",reactPlayerVimeo:"6173",c195e1f1:"6192",d0524430:"6235",eedafdee:"6288","951b8254":"6289",d91ad230:"6295","873e7b96":"6302",bb4fa758:"6318",reactPlayerDailyMotion:"6328","5e1bb91e":"6353",reactPlayerKaltura:"6463","4c5e977b":"6473",cd2b86eb:"6505","94e1fa32":"6582","0c0943c7":"6648",f214d5ff:"6653","8871da57":"6742",e226bb09:"6743","044432a7":"6800","0edab2fb":"6827",f22c5875:"6841","7c0adceb":"6854",reactPlayerFacebook:"6887",a000203c:"6940","14eb3368":"6969","98334e25":"7024",e92d0461:"7068","4d139b56":"7075",a7bd4aaa:"7098",e76c28ee:"7318",ff9450a5:"7377","20f41f87":"7381",reactPlayerFilePlayer:"7458","814f3328":"7472","36994c47":"7477",a3b21423:"7533",reactPlayerMixcloud:"7570",reactPlayerStreamable:"7627",a6aa9e1f:"7643","1ee58ee1":"7696",eb56c656:"7757","767ebc75":"7797","5144c8d4":"7904",e4f5c862:"7910",b2e6bd40:"7960","489197af":"7968","54a7b8f4":"8000","5e90a9b3":"8025",fff7b69d:"8045","6621d3c0":"8046",b9fdab4b:"8089",ab2a161b:"8097","825a5e83":"8110","3a2db09e":"8121",f81c1134:"8130",c15d9823:"8146","6c0cc40d":"8168","01a85c17":"8209","837d4f04":"8320",ed918ad6:"8413",reactPlayerYouTube:"8446","3217192f":"8462","652d83be":"8474","012b45bf":"8503","58abd73c":"8564","925b3f96":"8609","193ad4d3":"8626",reactPlayerPreview:"8734","7661071f":"8737",ffa808c5:"8744",b93339ed:"8749","1c57a399":"8901",b0378e01:"8927",ef8b811a:"8947",e5a49157:"9024","44f24773":"9038",a94703ab:"9048","851f8f65":"9070","34593b53":"9099",dc8c216b:"9144","6cb65baf":"9190","0c806540":"9239","11b7b3d8":"9241","96f83544":"9260","2ea02f7b":"9316",e273c56f:"9328","703158d7":"9330",reactPlayerWistia:"9340","62b755e6":"9350","38ec836e":"9426",fa501e35:"9429","02fcf422":"9490",a3008c1e:"9570","06b6ef6a":"9611","04f87274":"9631","5e95c892":"9647","1f7895dc":"9858",reactPlayerSoundCloud:"9979"}[e]||e,t.p+t.u(e)},(()=>{var e={5354:0,1869:0};t.f.j=(a,c)=>{var f=t.o(e,a)?e[a]:void 0;if(0!==f)if(f)c.push(f[2]);else if(/^(1869|5354)$/.test(a))e[a]=0;else{var d=new Promise((c,d)=>f=e[a]=[c,d]);c.push(f[2]=d);var b=t.p+t.u(a),r=new Error;t.l(b,c=>{if(t.o(e,a)&&(0!==(f=e[a])&&(e[a]=void 0),f)){var d=c&&("load"===c.type?"missing":c.type),b=c&&c.target&&c.target.src;r.message="Loading chunk "+a+" failed.\n("+d+": "+b+")",r.name="ChunkLoadError",r.type=d,r.request=b,f[1](r)}},"chunk-"+a,a)}},t.O.j=a=>0===e[a];var a=(a,c)=>{var f,d,[b,r,o]=c,l=0;if(b.some(a=>0!==e[a])){for(f in r)t.o(r,f)&&(t.m[f]=r[f]);if(o)var n=o(t)}for(a&&a(c);l{"use strict";var e,a,c,f,d,b={},r={};function t(e){var a=r[e];if(void 0!==a)return a.exports;var c=r[e]={id:e,loaded:!1,exports:{}};return b[e].call(c.exports,c,c.exports,t),c.loaded=!0,c.exports}t.m=b,t.c=r,e=[],t.O=(a,c,f,d)=>{if(!c){var b=1/0;for(n=0;n=d)&&Object.keys(t.O).every(e=>t.O[e](c[o]))?c.splice(o--,1):(r=!1,d0&&e[n-1][2]>d;n--)e[n]=e[n-1];e[n]=[c,f,d]},t.n=e=>{var a=e&&e.__esModule?()=>e.default:()=>e;return t.d(a,{a:a}),a},c=Object.getPrototypeOf?e=>Object.getPrototypeOf(e):e=>e.__proto__,t.t=function(e,f){if(1&f&&(e=this(e)),8&f)return e;if("object"==typeof e&&e){if(4&f&&e.__esModule)return e;if(16&f&&"function"==typeof e.then)return e}var d=Object.create(null);t.r(d);var b={};a=a||[null,c({}),c([]),c(c)];for(var r=2&f&&e;("object"==typeof r||"function"==typeof r)&&!~a.indexOf(r);r=c(r))Object.getOwnPropertyNames(r).forEach(a=>b[a]=()=>e[a]);return b.default=()=>e,t.d(d,b),d},t.d=(e,a)=>{for(var c in a)t.o(a,c)&&!t.o(e,c)&&Object.defineProperty(e,c,{enumerable:!0,get:a[c]})},t.f={},t.e=e=>Promise.all(Object.keys(t.f).reduce((a,c)=>(t.f[c](e,a),a),[])),t.u=e=>"assets/js/"+({33:"7ad5624c",89:"3009d411",108:"1b14d97a",157:"8001f939",206:"d387ddbc",225:"0a7196e9",284:"107ddcf4",285:"23f866da",291:"4f7a2d40",300:"833eda7d",419:"e5d81aec",448:"d77fb6a8",490:"ce589067",539:"cfb1e6eb",560:"500027af",603:"d5380080",636:"eaa24e23",746:"cf03142d",791:"4acb0154",841:"d1393a72",849:"0058b4c6",850:"c6b74119",862:"be3c2a14",930:"05729a5b",956:"19e4dfff",962:"046910c8",1065:"98732f61",1170:"c1e4445e",1179:"489b8a4d",1210:"b3eb04bc",1235:"a7456010",1265:"0c03cd54",1332:"d48fee54",1335:"74c638d3",1440:"277a78f5",1477:"2f6ff211",1543:"3b95ab04",1640:"c9fa5aa5",1651:"19e5ad2a",1665:"7357a3c5",1679:"138cee78",1688:"9640838e",1706:"18b84479",1903:"acecf23e",1915:"61361021",1924:"d8b805fb",1972:"73664a40",2042:"reactPlayerTwitch",2043:"ac7da374",2075:"5c485335",2076:"common",2089:"c7b98810",2131:"299c7a47",2264:"17e5210b",2403:"bd0e2f4c",2634:"c4f5d8e4",2661:"8bd80e56",2703:"da66eb9c",2711:"9e4087bc",2723:"reactPlayerMux",2815:"0ba00a8d",2823:"9b0b43bf",2908:"2c416566",2923:"ec5e470a",3021:"4cff09f6",3073:"e9e778b7",3128:"c674cfb4",3148:"1e1b513c",3230:"d480dde9",3249:"ccc49370",3276:"e5aefb32",3333:"e48228d1",3381:"42f80fc5",3392:"reactPlayerVidyard",3404:"03e06346",3460:"5ce6d213",3522:"e785206d",3588:"293ced56",3633:"b97a0b7b",3637:"f4f34a3a",3694:"8717b14a",3724:"2ffc1e57",3795:"c4fbe420",3841:"56b5f4f8",3891:"8e4d0438",3976:"0e384e19",3979:"64218a31",4001:"d281bdbe",4106:"882238ec",4134:"393be207",4212:"621db11d",4232:"5a144266",4240:"9c9cb35e",4360:"fdd9b680",4372:"9cd612ce",4380:"656c0f50",4466:"56b0ffe9",4504:"5a9dd378",4584:"f82cd581",4813:"6875c492",4833:"c7e3ab5f",4865:"7ef59f7a",4952:"6bef026b",5174:"51e6fce0",5277:"8320e026",5305:"87a6df42",5314:"88a819d0",5342:"4227e71a",5372:"503125be",5373:"02e5f5c4",5506:"01274ace",5510:"02d4f5c5",5524:"21f05a2f",5550:"14716de7",5557:"d9f32620",5597:"b18842e4",5678:"fdae908b",5740:"fdf3f392",5741:"c081699b",5742:"aba21aa0",5752:"6d2e526e",5794:"3b49dc44",5824:"257dcba5",5855:"444a2573",5864:"3a2a59a1",5881:"63d7f7ab",5919:"980c6622",5939:"57cd9455",5946:"3c9ed71a",5970:"0f8cf55d",6007:"611db08b",6011:"56f1c106",6061:"1f391b9e",6157:"3973fcf3",6173:"reactPlayerVimeo",6192:"c195e1f1",6235:"d0524430",6288:"eedafdee",6289:"951b8254",6295:"d91ad230",6302:"873e7b96",6318:"bb4fa758",6328:"reactPlayerDailyMotion",6353:"5e1bb91e",6463:"reactPlayerKaltura",6473:"4c5e977b",6505:"cd2b86eb",6582:"94e1fa32",6648:"0c0943c7",6653:"f214d5ff",6742:"8871da57",6743:"e226bb09",6800:"044432a7",6827:"0edab2fb",6841:"f22c5875",6854:"7c0adceb",6887:"reactPlayerFacebook",6940:"a000203c",6969:"14eb3368",7024:"98334e25",7068:"e92d0461",7075:"4d139b56",7098:"a7bd4aaa",7318:"e76c28ee",7377:"ff9450a5",7381:"20f41f87",7458:"reactPlayerFilePlayer",7472:"814f3328",7477:"36994c47",7533:"a3b21423",7570:"reactPlayerMixcloud",7574:"70276854",7627:"reactPlayerStreamable",7643:"a6aa9e1f",7696:"1ee58ee1",7757:"eb56c656",7797:"767ebc75",7904:"5144c8d4",7910:"e4f5c862",7960:"b2e6bd40",7968:"489197af",8e3:"54a7b8f4",8025:"5e90a9b3",8045:"fff7b69d",8046:"6621d3c0",8089:"b9fdab4b",8097:"ab2a161b",8110:"825a5e83",8121:"3a2db09e",8130:"f81c1134",8146:"c15d9823",8168:"6c0cc40d",8209:"01a85c17",8320:"837d4f04",8413:"ed918ad6",8446:"reactPlayerYouTube",8462:"3217192f",8474:"652d83be",8503:"012b45bf",8564:"58abd73c",8609:"925b3f96",8626:"193ad4d3",8734:"reactPlayerPreview",8737:"7661071f",8744:"ffa808c5",8749:"b93339ed",8901:"1c57a399",8927:"b0378e01",8947:"ef8b811a",9024:"e5a49157",9038:"44f24773",9048:"a94703ab",9070:"851f8f65",9099:"34593b53",9144:"dc8c216b",9190:"6cb65baf",9239:"0c806540",9241:"11b7b3d8",9260:"96f83544",9316:"2ea02f7b",9325:"59362658",9328:"e273c56f",9330:"703158d7",9340:"reactPlayerWistia",9350:"62b755e6",9426:"38ec836e",9429:"fa501e35",9490:"02fcf422",9570:"a3008c1e",9611:"06b6ef6a",9631:"04f87274",9647:"5e95c892",9858:"1f7895dc",9979:"reactPlayerSoundCloud"}[e]||e)+"."+{33:"9547760f",89:"5fffa456",108:"64a23058",157:"f11295d1",206:"05779b28",225:"b6e1febc",284:"faf99a96",285:"323d81b9",291:"cbdacfa5",300:"75038f51",419:"9c4ab6f7",448:"7252287b",490:"5ac1d5e0",539:"aaefd5d7",560:"88575e3b",603:"38001a0b",636:"62348973",746:"1f9f4180",791:"a22ebdb5",841:"c73d6ece",849:"61ea9788",850:"1804dfd1",862:"666ff95d",930:"9839796a",956:"a9f72a7c",962:"573682f2",1065:"28e64208",1170:"4335d1d5",1179:"90e682e1",1210:"a124905a",1235:"003a3080",1265:"5b0522d3",1332:"f6861694",1335:"ca82510f",1440:"4a429fea",1477:"0bf93bf5",1543:"d900cd2b",1640:"39d3866c",1651:"456209b0",1665:"1ede26e4",1679:"09d89b2c",1688:"fe914e9d",1706:"7a9128dc",1903:"785e5b99",1915:"0805745d",1924:"5bf7ac2a",1972:"32ef8307",2042:"32fe4d68",2043:"a547ee47",2075:"f9a942c0",2076:"9b789740",2089:"b085e51e",2131:"b81984ef",2237:"108a9157",2264:"1d4eadc9",2403:"f02a3360",2634:"888e8dd3",2661:"811da9ef",2703:"3444bc9f",2711:"50fcce99",2723:"38950730",2815:"b093b303",2823:"14ed211e",2908:"08ef6789",2923:"2ebf4e57",3021:"796c3720",3073:"bbbe330e",3128:"daf594c6",3148:"2c761e08",3230:"2ba7de5a",3249:"1b8a4762",3276:"008069e2",3333:"3f02f75e",3381:"aeb453e2",3392:"b97ea8b4",3404:"287ef655",3460:"2c09e8ba",3522:"34ed0fa3",3554:"6e0477fe",3588:"c4d711c7",3633:"3543e66d",3637:"cbfc4a48",3694:"6b9c4a2d",3724:"7ab9019b",3795:"83c3cb4c",3841:"d1bf0557",3891:"5eda4897",3976:"202c8cb6",3979:"2dc08ef1",4001:"153f1231",4106:"414f7bf5",4129:"3f33ee0f",4134:"5c69a236",4212:"44e9a0aa",4232:"31c1c944",4240:"e9f5b614",4360:"fbe0dc5f",4372:"073baa5b",4380:"bd0ab7cb",4466:"0bbb4afd",4504:"2c0be4fa",4528:"46620c6e",4584:"912dd911",4813:"0ebf699a",4833:"1a2a72a9",4865:"d44ee1ec",4952:"38405a44",5174:"21d65d77",5277:"124e5d30",5305:"27ce96bb",5314:"86e352e8",5342:"e04ea00d",5372:"50a84966",5373:"9d8345bc",5453:"43c63b5b",5506:"03f5edc2",5510:"54d0d61d",5524:"92cf30e2",5550:"34ea4889",5557:"d35dd9e2",5597:"2e736c9e",5678:"b94e6d8d",5740:"ca5cb162",5741:"87b6f467",5742:"3a86eee7",5752:"f7d7ed8f",5794:"93887e5a",5824:"5ad96bcd",5855:"fe0cb846",5864:"3b828295",5881:"1b445937",5919:"f03d02d3",5939:"99fc67d4",5946:"0dff1ff2",5970:"34d283be",6007:"5231c69b",6011:"d98b5ead",6061:"f82b3f46",6157:"901c6cfd",6173:"105dd0ca",6192:"52cdc692",6235:"92382723",6288:"20a24892",6289:"85146abb",6295:"453ed46f",6302:"f9c7eea2",6318:"9ba40aa6",6328:"144e834f",6353:"8b83f2fe",6463:"aac36e3b",6473:"e486fbe3",6505:"34c430ba",6582:"a449e80b",6648:"f1cfda77",6653:"ebbab114",6742:"41f56427",6743:"1caebb95",6800:"1750b62e",6827:"fd6dbe54",6841:"66228efa",6854:"c14aaf5b",6887:"7787cb28",6940:"cbf19973",6969:"a76ceb22",7024:"cbe389b6",7068:"49b54587",7075:"cdb488f7",7098:"8d5f8fb2",7318:"bb403124",7377:"d460f6ed",7381:"e13a36c3",7458:"2fcc11dd",7472:"3d15491a",7477:"34d27d99",7533:"50438a32",7570:"03fef906",7574:"685b1e0d",7627:"7889e0e7",7643:"e077d460",7696:"ddf4fc1f",7757:"435a037b",7797:"c1c27f9c",7904:"48a68cda",7910:"64e06668",7960:"26dcf7b4",7968:"1ceec687",8e3:"5f213fe5",8025:"17a95b1d",8045:"e787489a",8046:"e134ab25",8089:"006b99fe",8097:"cf6b15bb",8110:"90090a5e",8121:"2d763874",8130:"76b1143f",8146:"5c2d59cd",8168:"33966b2f",8209:"ac7054ae",8320:"78f8916b",8413:"bdc96aaf",8446:"0d3ab8a6",8462:"1f56558e",8474:"888ddfc8",8503:"fb529628",8564:"338d50e6",8609:"d9a84c9a",8626:"f5d43b18",8734:"9c808716",8737:"f6668c3d",8744:"0ab62247",8749:"acc67002",8901:"7e9acdf0",8927:"30c60b74",8947:"5ba068d6",9024:"939e06e8",9038:"f83d700e",9048:"1a05ce91",9070:"e97dbd53",9099:"e208adbc",9144:"c36fb6c6",9190:"213303b0",9239:"9a4ec69f",9241:"76c52664",9260:"2347dc4f",9316:"13f0a43c",9325:"7f576902",9328:"e61f2389",9330:"96bbe532",9340:"8c6018fb",9350:"51187a34",9426:"3ed9bf1b",9429:"a89949da",9490:"c1150a5d",9570:"b73d3f30",9611:"eca73feb",9631:"8f98565c",9647:"74f05f80",9858:"edde97f7",9979:"316d7e72"}[e]+".js",t.miniCssF=e=>{},t.o=(e,a)=>Object.prototype.hasOwnProperty.call(e,a),f={},d="OpenSign-Docs:",t.l=(e,a,c,b)=>{if(f[e])f[e].push(a);else{var r,o;if(void 0!==c)for(var l=document.getElementsByTagName("script"),n=0;n{r.onerror=r.onload=null,clearTimeout(s);var d=f[e];if(delete f[e],r.parentNode&&r.parentNode.removeChild(r),d&&d.forEach(e=>e(c)),a)return a(c)},s=setTimeout(u.bind(null,void 0,{type:"timeout",target:r}),12e4);r.onerror=u.bind(null,r.onerror),r.onload=u.bind(null,r.onload),o&&document.head.appendChild(r)}},t.r=e=>{"undefined"!=typeof Symbol&&Symbol.toStringTag&&Object.defineProperty(e,Symbol.toStringTag,{value:"Module"}),Object.defineProperty(e,"__esModule",{value:!0})},t.nmd=e=>(e.paths=[],e.children||(e.children=[]),e),t.p="/",t.gca=function(e){return e={59362658:"9325",61361021:"1915",70276854:"7574","7ad5624c":"33","3009d411":"89","1b14d97a":"108","8001f939":"157",d387ddbc:"206","0a7196e9":"225","107ddcf4":"284","23f866da":"285","4f7a2d40":"291","833eda7d":"300",e5d81aec:"419",d77fb6a8:"448",ce589067:"490",cfb1e6eb:"539","500027af":"560",d5380080:"603",eaa24e23:"636",cf03142d:"746","4acb0154":"791",d1393a72:"841","0058b4c6":"849",c6b74119:"850",be3c2a14:"862","05729a5b":"930","19e4dfff":"956","046910c8":"962","98732f61":"1065",c1e4445e:"1170","489b8a4d":"1179",b3eb04bc:"1210",a7456010:"1235","0c03cd54":"1265",d48fee54:"1332","74c638d3":"1335","277a78f5":"1440","2f6ff211":"1477","3b95ab04":"1543",c9fa5aa5:"1640","19e5ad2a":"1651","7357a3c5":"1665","138cee78":"1679","9640838e":"1688","18b84479":"1706",acecf23e:"1903",d8b805fb:"1924","73664a40":"1972",reactPlayerTwitch:"2042",ac7da374:"2043","5c485335":"2075",common:"2076",c7b98810:"2089","299c7a47":"2131","17e5210b":"2264",bd0e2f4c:"2403",c4f5d8e4:"2634","8bd80e56":"2661",da66eb9c:"2703","9e4087bc":"2711",reactPlayerMux:"2723","0ba00a8d":"2815","9b0b43bf":"2823","2c416566":"2908",ec5e470a:"2923","4cff09f6":"3021",e9e778b7:"3073",c674cfb4:"3128","1e1b513c":"3148",d480dde9:"3230",ccc49370:"3249",e5aefb32:"3276",e48228d1:"3333","42f80fc5":"3381",reactPlayerVidyard:"3392","03e06346":"3404","5ce6d213":"3460",e785206d:"3522","293ced56":"3588",b97a0b7b:"3633",f4f34a3a:"3637","8717b14a":"3694","2ffc1e57":"3724",c4fbe420:"3795","56b5f4f8":"3841","8e4d0438":"3891","0e384e19":"3976","64218a31":"3979",d281bdbe:"4001","882238ec":"4106","393be207":"4134","621db11d":"4212","5a144266":"4232","9c9cb35e":"4240",fdd9b680:"4360","9cd612ce":"4372","656c0f50":"4380","56b0ffe9":"4466","5a9dd378":"4504",f82cd581:"4584","6875c492":"4813",c7e3ab5f:"4833","7ef59f7a":"4865","6bef026b":"4952","51e6fce0":"5174","8320e026":"5277","87a6df42":"5305","88a819d0":"5314","4227e71a":"5342","503125be":"5372","02e5f5c4":"5373","01274ace":"5506","02d4f5c5":"5510","21f05a2f":"5524","14716de7":"5550",d9f32620:"5557",b18842e4:"5597",fdae908b:"5678",fdf3f392:"5740",c081699b:"5741",aba21aa0:"5742","6d2e526e":"5752","3b49dc44":"5794","257dcba5":"5824","444a2573":"5855","3a2a59a1":"5864","63d7f7ab":"5881","980c6622":"5919","57cd9455":"5939","3c9ed71a":"5946","0f8cf55d":"5970","611db08b":"6007","56f1c106":"6011","1f391b9e":"6061","3973fcf3":"6157",reactPlayerVimeo:"6173",c195e1f1:"6192",d0524430:"6235",eedafdee:"6288","951b8254":"6289",d91ad230:"6295","873e7b96":"6302",bb4fa758:"6318",reactPlayerDailyMotion:"6328","5e1bb91e":"6353",reactPlayerKaltura:"6463","4c5e977b":"6473",cd2b86eb:"6505","94e1fa32":"6582","0c0943c7":"6648",f214d5ff:"6653","8871da57":"6742",e226bb09:"6743","044432a7":"6800","0edab2fb":"6827",f22c5875:"6841","7c0adceb":"6854",reactPlayerFacebook:"6887",a000203c:"6940","14eb3368":"6969","98334e25":"7024",e92d0461:"7068","4d139b56":"7075",a7bd4aaa:"7098",e76c28ee:"7318",ff9450a5:"7377","20f41f87":"7381",reactPlayerFilePlayer:"7458","814f3328":"7472","36994c47":"7477",a3b21423:"7533",reactPlayerMixcloud:"7570",reactPlayerStreamable:"7627",a6aa9e1f:"7643","1ee58ee1":"7696",eb56c656:"7757","767ebc75":"7797","5144c8d4":"7904",e4f5c862:"7910",b2e6bd40:"7960","489197af":"7968","54a7b8f4":"8000","5e90a9b3":"8025",fff7b69d:"8045","6621d3c0":"8046",b9fdab4b:"8089",ab2a161b:"8097","825a5e83":"8110","3a2db09e":"8121",f81c1134:"8130",c15d9823:"8146","6c0cc40d":"8168","01a85c17":"8209","837d4f04":"8320",ed918ad6:"8413",reactPlayerYouTube:"8446","3217192f":"8462","652d83be":"8474","012b45bf":"8503","58abd73c":"8564","925b3f96":"8609","193ad4d3":"8626",reactPlayerPreview:"8734","7661071f":"8737",ffa808c5:"8744",b93339ed:"8749","1c57a399":"8901",b0378e01:"8927",ef8b811a:"8947",e5a49157:"9024","44f24773":"9038",a94703ab:"9048","851f8f65":"9070","34593b53":"9099",dc8c216b:"9144","6cb65baf":"9190","0c806540":"9239","11b7b3d8":"9241","96f83544":"9260","2ea02f7b":"9316",e273c56f:"9328","703158d7":"9330",reactPlayerWistia:"9340","62b755e6":"9350","38ec836e":"9426",fa501e35:"9429","02fcf422":"9490",a3008c1e:"9570","06b6ef6a":"9611","04f87274":"9631","5e95c892":"9647","1f7895dc":"9858",reactPlayerSoundCloud:"9979"}[e]||e,t.p+t.u(e)},(()=>{var e={5354:0,1869:0};t.f.j=(a,c)=>{var f=t.o(e,a)?e[a]:void 0;if(0!==f)if(f)c.push(f[2]);else if(/^(1869|5354)$/.test(a))e[a]=0;else{var d=new Promise((c,d)=>f=e[a]=[c,d]);c.push(f[2]=d);var b=t.p+t.u(a),r=new Error;t.l(b,c=>{if(t.o(e,a)&&(0!==(f=e[a])&&(e[a]=void 0),f)){var d=c&&("load"===c.type?"missing":c.type),b=c&&c.target&&c.target.src;r.message="Loading chunk "+a+" failed.\n("+d+": "+b+")",r.name="ChunkLoadError",r.type=d,r.request=b,f[1](r)}},"chunk-"+a,a)}},t.O.j=a=>0===e[a];var a=(a,c)=>{var f,d,[b,r,o]=c,l=0;if(b.some(a=>0!==e[a])){for(f in r)t.o(r,f)&&(t.m[f]=r[f]);if(o)var n=o(t)}for(a&&a(c);l Archive | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/blog/authors/index.html b/blog/authors/index.html index c59c6c2f6..bd838919d 100644 --- a/blog/authors/index.html +++ b/blog/authors/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Authors | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/blog/first-blog-post/index.html b/blog/first-blog-post/index.html index 7bab478c8..6c89c9225 100644 --- a/blog/first-blog-post/index.html +++ b/blog/first-blog-post/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ First Blog Post | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/blog/index.html b/blog/index.html index 0727c04c7..06cc680fe 100644 --- a/blog/index.html +++ b/blog/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Blog | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/blog/long-blog-post/index.html b/blog/long-blog-post/index.html index 105d576ef..b9da7929d 100644 --- a/blog/long-blog-post/index.html +++ b/blog/long-blog-post/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Long Blog Post | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/blog/mdx-blog-post/index.html b/blog/mdx-blog-post/index.html index 8008124a9..c3f5fe308 100644 --- a/blog/mdx-blog-post/index.html +++ b/blog/mdx-blog-post/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ MDX Blog Post | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/blog/tags/docusaurus/index.html b/blog/tags/docusaurus/index.html index 9c452f086..09471c50a 100644 --- a/blog/tags/docusaurus/index.html +++ b/blog/tags/docusaurus/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ 4 posts tagged with "docusaurus" | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/blog/tags/facebook/index.html b/blog/tags/facebook/index.html index 1d32f0b69..0ae66ff8b 100644 --- a/blog/tags/facebook/index.html +++ b/blog/tags/facebook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ One post tagged with "facebook" | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/blog/tags/hello/index.html b/blog/tags/hello/index.html index a15640d3c..baf927dde 100644 --- a/blog/tags/hello/index.html +++ b/blog/tags/hello/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ 2 posts tagged with "hello" | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/blog/tags/hola/index.html b/blog/tags/hola/index.html index 3471b9dce..850d25ff7 100644 --- a/blog/tags/hola/index.html +++ b/blog/tags/hola/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ One post tagged with "hola" | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/blog/tags/index.html b/blog/tags/index.html index 68e529a8c..dde9d9bd8 100644 --- a/blog/tags/index.html +++ b/blog/tags/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Tags | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/blog/welcome/index.html b/blog/welcome/index.html index d91608821..6fe653077 100644 --- a/blog/welcome/index.html +++ b/blog/welcome/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Welcome | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/api-intro/index.html b/docs/API-docs/api-intro/index.html index 87143c85c..ddcda5a6a 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/api-intro/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/api-intro/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ OpenSign APIs | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/contactlist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/contactlist/index.html index d5c0f1526..3c62839b3 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/contactlist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/contactlist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Contact list | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createcontact/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createcontact/index.html index 3bd485602..8234520ff 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createcontact/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createcontact/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Contact | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createdocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createdocument/index.html index 4c5d6c154..df641402f 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createdocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createdocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html index 95fdbd0e8..da294fd3f 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Document from Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createfolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createfolder/index.html index b2a8aafbb..fa869f357 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createfolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createfolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createtemplate/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createtemplate/index.html index 06728acb1..0922ee2e5 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createtemplate/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/createtemplate/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/delete-template/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/delete-template/index.html index 86ff94961..08fe550ba 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/delete-template/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/delete-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/delete-webhook/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/delete-webhook/index.html index ed407f35f..94a82be00 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/delete-webhook/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/delete-webhook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Webhook | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletecontact/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletecontact/index.html index aeb6fd9ee..a45477732 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletecontact/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletecontact/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Contact | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletedocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletedocument/index.html index 658fc06a3..92057746b 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletedocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletedocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletefolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletefolder/index.html index 3f1bf8a48..28ab001ee 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletefolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/deletefolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/draftdocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/draftdocument/index.html index 29ed9ad58..a17da2b3b 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/draftdocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/draftdocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Draft Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/drafttemplate/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/drafttemplate/index.html index ba0329bde..6c26ca083 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/drafttemplate/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/drafttemplate/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Draft Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/folderlist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/folderlist/index.html index 11d77a504..112650575 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/folderlist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/folderlist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get folder list | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-template/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-template/index.html index 79d56bfbf..2face2c99 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-template/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-user/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-user/index.html index bf76c8d5f..8cfc7730d 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-user/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-user/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get your account details | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-webhook/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-webhook/index.html index e9bd82fc4..51fb24aa7 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-webhook/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/get-webhook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Webhook | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getcontact/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getcontact/index.html index f12e41bc6..5c6e3de4e 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getcontact/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getcontact/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Contact | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getcredits/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getcredits/index.html index 029843b0b..f624a4fc8 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getcredits/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getcredits/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get your API credits | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getdocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getdocument/index.html index f5b921e94..3f30f41eb 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getdocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getdocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getdocumentlist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getdocumentlist/index.html index 0cf309135..e4be18597 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getdocumentlist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getdocumentlist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Document list from status | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getfolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getfolder/index.html index ed1bf2df5..63027e0d1 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getfolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getfolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getformdata/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getformdata/index.html index 538b50ca9..93ef03039 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getformdata/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getformdata/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Formdata | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getsignerips/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getsignerips/index.html index 9274f76bf..3903ab7b0 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getsignerips/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getsignerips/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Signer IPs | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getsigninglinks/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getsigninglinks/index.html index 8200e8c41..a09a05adb 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getsigninglinks/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/getsigninglinks/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Signing Links | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/gettemplatelist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/gettemplatelist/index.html index 13110a8a2..e2893aa1c 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/gettemplatelist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/gettemplatelist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Template list | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/index.html index cf35a6317..ba060d5c9 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ OpenSign API v1.1 | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/intro/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/intro/index.html index 7a16f4d3f..198b34505 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/intro/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/intro/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Overview | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/opensign-api-v-1-1/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/opensign-api-v-1-1/index.html index 06e66edfe..21b4f36f8 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/opensign-api-v-1-1/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/opensign-api-v-1-1/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ OpenSign API v1.1 | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/publictemplate/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/publictemplate/index.html index 87892d827..b61147dc2 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/publictemplate/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/publictemplate/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Public Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/resendrequestmail/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/resendrequestmail/index.html index 4dfcef595..82d6822e5 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/resendrequestmail/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/resendrequestmail/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Resend request mail | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/revokedocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/revokedocument/index.html index b3fed512f..dc86ca40a 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/revokedocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/revokedocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Revoke Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/save-update-webhook/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/save-update-webhook/index.html index f9110372c..45a005641 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/save-update-webhook/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/save-update-webhook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Save or Update Webhook | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/selfsign/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/selfsign/index.html index 01a0f0a42..9258664d2 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/selfsign/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/selfsign/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Self Sign | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-contact/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-contact/index.html index ae5f81181..76c164bb5 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-contact/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-contact/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Update Contact | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-document/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-document/index.html index 7ea9aaad5..feed31c82 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-document/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-document/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Update Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-template/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-template/index.html index 94a9395f5..7e8eeadd6 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-template/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/update-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Update Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/updatefolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/updatefolder/index.html index b3523cba4..bbbdb9af7 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.1/updatefolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.1/updatefolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Update Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/contactlist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/contactlist/index.html index 45a4b77e1..e2062e5f0 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/contactlist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/contactlist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Contact list | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createcontact/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createcontact/index.html index 831a485bc..75e5339a1 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createcontact/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createcontact/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Contact | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createdocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createdocument/index.html index 0147fed2d..93dbf8bee 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createdocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createdocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html index 59741796b..ca3b28cfa 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Document from Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createfolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createfolder/index.html index 050c570ce..63fb3ca47 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createfolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createfolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createtemplate/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createtemplate/index.html index f18c3c7ee..34623a9c1 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createtemplate/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/createtemplate/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/delete-template/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/delete-template/index.html index 22142e803..35c3c140c 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/delete-template/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/delete-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/delete-webhook/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/delete-webhook/index.html index d034c2b20..dd88fede7 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/delete-webhook/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/delete-webhook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Webhook | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletecontact/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletecontact/index.html index 0aa57e2ab..59c8420ff 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletecontact/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletecontact/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Contact | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletedocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletedocument/index.html index df6133444..4aa1be6dd 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletedocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletedocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletefolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletefolder/index.html index e0ac53e6b..3b59a8438 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletefolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/deletefolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/draftdocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/draftdocument/index.html index a2ece6c2f..e2f7581cf 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/draftdocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/draftdocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Draft Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/drafttemplate/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/drafttemplate/index.html index 9a283c419..7b8ef7acb 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/drafttemplate/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/drafttemplate/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Draft Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/folderlist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/folderlist/index.html index 1142d9366..a2f1764c6 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/folderlist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/folderlist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get folder list | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-template/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-template/index.html index 41ff583ba..18583dff4 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-template/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-user/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-user/index.html index cfd2b9b05..edc182f14 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-user/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-user/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get your account details | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-webhook/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-webhook/index.html index d07937d4f..7cf0e57cd 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-webhook/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/get-webhook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Webhook | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getcontact/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getcontact/index.html index 608204d24..9e972358d 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getcontact/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getcontact/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Contact | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getcredits/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getcredits/index.html index 8112734a0..3abb98add 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getcredits/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getcredits/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get your API credits | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getdocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getdocument/index.html index f72ddc210..7ae66f20a 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getdocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getdocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getdocumentlist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getdocumentlist/index.html index e25725f70..44af8922f 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getdocumentlist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getdocumentlist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Document list from status | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getfolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getfolder/index.html index 70096f1d8..479ba7f83 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getfolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getfolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getformdata/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getformdata/index.html index 6ea8360c3..e0010a5af 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getformdata/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getformdata/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Formdata | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getsignerips/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getsignerips/index.html index ede6651ba..9a8d1ccd0 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getsignerips/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getsignerips/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Signer IPs | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getsigninglinks/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getsigninglinks/index.html index 0edd9ac28..8fa81c37b 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getsigninglinks/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/getsigninglinks/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Signing Links | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/gettemplatelist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/gettemplatelist/index.html index 4a6118d7c..8faefec66 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/gettemplatelist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/gettemplatelist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Template list | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/index.html index 531e5c898..f06a0a204 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ OpenSign API v1.2 | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/intro/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/intro/index.html index 8ff70d1a7..8ea883c89 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/intro/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/intro/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Overview | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/opensign-api-v-1-2/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/opensign-api-v-1-2/index.html index a5f1933be..730e75431 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/opensign-api-v-1-2/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/opensign-api-v-1-2/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ OpenSign API v1.2 | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/publictemplate/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/publictemplate/index.html index 0d76469e6..7d85548ff 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/publictemplate/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/publictemplate/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Public Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/resendrequestmail/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/resendrequestmail/index.html index 7d44fb6fe..8f4ad65fd 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/resendrequestmail/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/resendrequestmail/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Resend request mail | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/revokedocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/revokedocument/index.html index dea6f5521..4e5b999f9 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/revokedocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/revokedocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Revoke Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/save-update-webhook/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/save-update-webhook/index.html index b2b5cc4a1..9aa5276a2 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/save-update-webhook/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/save-update-webhook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Save or Update Webhook | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/selfsign/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/selfsign/index.html index 014589ffb..f54dd8f9f 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/selfsign/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/selfsign/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Self Sign | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-contact/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-contact/index.html index be19aee6d..0db33f302 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-contact/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-contact/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Update Contact | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-document/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-document/index.html index fe1ae4377..d216b9af9 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-document/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-document/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Update Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-template/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-template/index.html index fb921cbd2..101e58bc2 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-template/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/update-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Update Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/updatefolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/updatefolder/index.html index 3cf5f450d..052a29971 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1.2/updatefolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1.2/updatefolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Update Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/contactlist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/contactlist/index.html index 38825c55b..86528a4ad 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/contactlist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/contactlist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Contact list | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/createcontact/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/createcontact/index.html index 066a303c7..6d17d6900 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/createcontact/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/createcontact/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Contact | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/createdocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/createdocument/index.html index 76eb0d731..aef137840 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/createdocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/createdocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html index 9a1f2f7cc..947c4481f 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/createdocumentwithtemplateid/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Document from Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/createfolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/createfolder/index.html index ae5d79d59..756229237 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/createfolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/createfolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/createtemplate/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/createtemplate/index.html index 8a1c8b705..11af7e146 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/createtemplate/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/createtemplate/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/delete-template/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/delete-template/index.html index 086bb9d80..85c1b807f 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/delete-template/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/delete-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/delete-webhook/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/delete-webhook/index.html index bee0c2a7e..0ea5235e9 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/delete-webhook/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/delete-webhook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Webhook | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/deletecontact/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/deletecontact/index.html index ca346564b..42a62c2d8 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/deletecontact/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/deletecontact/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Contact | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/deletedocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/deletedocument/index.html index fda4e36db..49b664705 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/deletedocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/deletedocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/deletefolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/deletefolder/index.html index 900bf1c9b..ac9f887a6 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/deletefolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/deletefolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Delete Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/draftdocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/draftdocument/index.html index 8ae284fab..557e235a6 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/draftdocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/draftdocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Draft Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/drafttemplate/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/drafttemplate/index.html index ae0582e4a..dc3a7bd45 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/drafttemplate/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/drafttemplate/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Draft Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/folderlist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/folderlist/index.html index 5e8739bab..ab9553ab0 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/folderlist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/folderlist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get folder list | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/get-template/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/get-template/index.html index 28c34faf6..35fcab0c9 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/get-template/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/get-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/get-user/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/get-user/index.html index ba2d632b9..b969104b0 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/get-user/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/get-user/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get your account details | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/get-webhook/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/get-webhook/index.html index 65b227f74..2b2a03d43 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/get-webhook/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/get-webhook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Webhook | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/getcontact/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/getcontact/index.html index e47fc12ec..561c9cca5 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/getcontact/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/getcontact/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Contact | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/getdocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/getdocument/index.html index 834a3e975..04a2d4b78 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/getdocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/getdocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/getdocumentlist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/getdocumentlist/index.html index b26c41a93..9f60f02ca 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/getdocumentlist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/getdocumentlist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Document list from status | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/getfolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/getfolder/index.html index 19e1468c1..1bb0c1079 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/getfolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/getfolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/gettemplatelist/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/gettemplatelist/index.html index c3b8b425c..111ecd2a2 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/gettemplatelist/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/gettemplatelist/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Get Template list | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/index.html index d0689c666..90eda4a24 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ OpenSign API v1 | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/intro/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/intro/index.html index 69cfa0d6a..a827a4acd 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/intro/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/intro/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Overview | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/opensign-api-v-1/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/opensign-api-v-1/index.html index 58d34baca..10f54b3b9 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/opensign-api-v-1/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/opensign-api-v-1/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ OpenSign API v1 | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/resendrequestmail/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/resendrequestmail/index.html index 8044361b3..0a4a1f6d8 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/resendrequestmail/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/resendrequestmail/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Resend request mail | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/revokedocument/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/revokedocument/index.html index 86895e826..e269a948e 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/revokedocument/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/revokedocument/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Revoke Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/save-update-webhook/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/save-update-webhook/index.html index 887f9e90c..40efd3989 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/save-update-webhook/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/save-update-webhook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Save or Update Webhook | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/selfsign/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/selfsign/index.html index 2b37813fc..9a83a25b2 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/selfsign/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/selfsign/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Self Sign | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/update-document/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/update-document/index.html index 218109fc6..9327d0eae 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/update-document/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/update-document/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Update Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/update-template/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/update-template/index.html index fa7a62e02..c1b1c69a9 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/update-template/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/update-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Update Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/API-docs/v1/updatefolder/index.html b/docs/API-docs/v1/updatefolder/index.html index c323b42d4..1bb02e146 100644 --- a/docs/API-docs/v1/updatefolder/index.html +++ b/docs/API-docs/v1/updatefolder/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Update Folder | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/category/cloud-storage/index.html b/docs/category/cloud-storage/index.html index 3192defde..cdc61087f 100644 --- a/docs/category/cloud-storage/index.html +++ b/docs/category/cloud-storage/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Cloud Storage | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/category/console/index.html b/docs/category/console/index.html index 6ae279f7b..07e7b0499 100644 --- a/docs/category/console/index.html +++ b/docs/category/console/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Console | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/category/create-new-opensign-document/index.html b/docs/category/create-new-opensign-document/index.html index 7ab3aa883..8f3d595dd 100644 --- a/docs/category/create-new-opensign-document/index.html +++ b/docs/category/create-new-opensign-document/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create New OpenSign Document | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/category/docker/index.html b/docs/category/docker/index.html index f29f408b5..0966e0a94 100644 --- a/docs/category/docker/index.html +++ b/docs/category/docker/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Docker | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/category/documents/index.html b/docs/category/documents/index.html index 56ff8723c..68c36d5db 100644 --- a/docs/category/documents/index.html +++ b/docs/category/documents/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Documents | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/category/faqs/index.html b/docs/category/faqs/index.html index ec9377992..9e141df23 100644 --- a/docs/category/faqs/index.html +++ b/docs/category/faqs/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ FAQs | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/category/guides/index.html b/docs/category/guides/index.html index 3dd805c0c..d82a1dfaf 100644 --- a/docs/category/guides/index.html +++ b/docs/category/guides/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Guides | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/category/manage-docs-using-opensign-drive/index.html b/docs/category/manage-docs-using-opensign-drive/index.html index 925315539..a329c549d 100644 --- a/docs/category/manage-docs-using-opensign-drive/index.html +++ b/docs/category/manage-docs-using-opensign-drive/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Manage Docs using OpenSign™ Drive | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/category/settings/index.html b/docs/category/settings/index.html index e34bc5719..d72d5f238 100644 --- a/docs/category/settings/index.html +++ b/docs/category/settings/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Settings | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/category/templates/index.html b/docs/category/templates/index.html index c716a928c..f505fe088 100644 --- a/docs/category/templates/index.html +++ b/docs/category/templates/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Templates | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/category/user-menu/index.html b/docs/category/user-menu/index.html index 686c479cb..3247d2e93 100644 --- a/docs/category/user-menu/index.html +++ b/docs/category/user-menu/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ User Menu | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/contribute/CODE_OF_CONDUCT/index.html b/docs/contribute/CODE_OF_CONDUCT/index.html index 1bac2daeb..31ace8ae6 100644 --- a/docs/contribute/CODE_OF_CONDUCT/index.html +++ b/docs/contribute/CODE_OF_CONDUCT/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Code of conduct | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/contribute/COMMUNITY/index.html b/docs/contribute/COMMUNITY/index.html index 674408274..17ef0916e 100644 --- a/docs/contribute/COMMUNITY/index.html +++ b/docs/contribute/COMMUNITY/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Community at OpenSign™ | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/contribute/INSTALLATION/index.html b/docs/contribute/INSTALLATION/index.html index f370fb620..ac5b1c38c 100644 --- a/docs/contribute/INSTALLATION/index.html +++ b/docs/contribute/INSTALLATION/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Installation instructions | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/contribute/REPORTING_GUIDELINES/index.html b/docs/contribute/REPORTING_GUIDELINES/index.html index 31857da28..830c24f2d 100644 --- a/docs/contribute/REPORTING_GUIDELINES/index.html +++ b/docs/contribute/REPORTING_GUIDELINES/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ OpenSign™ Reporting Guidelines | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/contribute/intro/index.html b/docs/contribute/intro/index.html index 1c7f6501c..637b1a5c5 100644 --- a/docs/contribute/intro/index.html +++ b/docs/contribute/intro/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Contributing to OpenSign | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/FAQs/Credit-Deductions/index.html b/docs/help/FAQs/Credit-Deductions/index.html index e1b7d05bc..56dd682b2 100644 --- a/docs/help/FAQs/Credit-Deductions/index.html +++ b/docs/help/FAQs/Credit-Deductions/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Credit-Deductions | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/FAQs/Ensure this field is accurately filled and meets all requirements/index.html b/docs/help/FAQs/Ensure this field is accurately filled and meets all requirements/index.html index a98c06684..fbf15e5b7 100644 --- a/docs/help/FAQs/Ensure this field is accurately filled and meets all requirements/index.html +++ b/docs/help/FAQs/Ensure this field is accurately filled and meets all requirements/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Why am I getting 'Ensure this field is accurately filled and meets all requirements'? | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/FAQs/Max File Upload Size/index.html b/docs/help/FAQs/Max File Upload Size/index.html index ec763d726..de9fed015 100644 --- a/docs/help/FAQs/Max File Upload Size/index.html +++ b/docs/help/FAQs/Max File Upload Size/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Max File Upload Size | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/FAQs/User Deletion/index.html b/docs/help/FAQs/User Deletion/index.html index 40486fe30..5d9d0289d 100644 --- a/docs/help/FAQs/User Deletion/index.html +++ b/docs/help/FAQs/User Deletion/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ User Deletion | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/FAQs/index.html b/docs/help/FAQs/index.html index 32500ad29..e29f538ca 100644 --- a/docs/help/FAQs/index.html +++ b/docs/help/FAQs/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Why is there no dropdown list when I sign a document myself? | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/index.html b/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/index.html index fd5708d1d..dd918f100 100644 --- a/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/index.html +++ b/docs/help/New-Document/conditional_logic/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Conditional logic | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/New-Document/edit-document-before-sending/index.html b/docs/help/New-Document/edit-document-before-sending/index.html index cb0c32e99..0eb7b4163 100644 --- a/docs/help/New-Document/edit-document-before-sending/index.html +++ b/docs/help/New-Document/edit-document-before-sending/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Editing Your Document Before Sending | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/New-Document/enforce-email-verification/index.html b/docs/help/New-Document/enforce-email-verification/index.html index 47572ac3a..1e54ea568 100644 --- a/docs/help/New-Document/enforce-email-verification/index.html +++ b/docs/help/New-Document/enforce-email-verification/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Enforce email OTP verification | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/New-Document/request-signatures/index.html b/docs/help/New-Document/request-signatures/index.html index b41088916..c628649c2 100644 --- a/docs/help/New-Document/request-signatures/index.html +++ b/docs/help/New-Document/request-signatures/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Request signatures | OpenSign™ - + @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Note: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans.

Add Widgets for Signers​

-

1. Add a Signature Widget​

+

1. Add a Signature Widget​

Once your document is loaded in the document creation panel, you'll need to add a signature widget for each signer. Select the signer from the right side panel, click on the signature widget, and position it where the signature is required.

create document

Signature Widget Options​

@@ -235,11 +235,11 @@ Note: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans. -

2. Add Other Widgets​

+

Add Other Widgets​

Depending on your needs, you can include additional widgets such as:

-
    -
  • -

    Stamp: The stamp widget allows signers to add a stamp to the document. Signers can upload their stamp during the signing process. After placing the Stamp widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    +

    2. Stamp​

    +

    The stamp widget allows signers to add a stamp to the document. Signers can upload their stamp during the signing process.

    +

    After placing the Stamp widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    • Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing.
    • Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the second option on the stamp widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.
      • @@ -251,9 +251,9 @@ Note: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans.
- -
  • -

    Initials: The initials widget allows signers to add their initials to the document. During the signing process, signers can draw, upload, or type their initials. After placing the Initials widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    +

    3. Initials​

    +

    The initials widget allows signers to add their initials to the document. During the signing process, signers can draw, upload, or type their initials. +After placing the Initials widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    • Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing.
    • Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Initials widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.
      • @@ -265,97 +265,8 @@ Note: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans.
    • - -
  • -

    Name: The name widget allows signers to add their name or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the name widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    -
      -
    • -

      Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font.

      -

      Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Name widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the name widget.

      -
      • -
    -
    • -
  • -

    Job title: The Job title widget allows signers to add their Job title or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the job title widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    -
      -
    • -

      Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font.

      -

      Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Job title widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the job title widget.

      -
      • -
    -
    • -
  • -

    Company: The company widget allows signers to add their company or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the company widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    -
      -
    • -

      Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font.

      -

      Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Company widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the Company widget.

      -
      • -
    -
    • -
  • -

    Date Widget

    -
    • - -

    The Date widget allows signers to enter a date while signing the document. Once the widget is placed, you can configure its behavior using the available settings in the Widget Info panel.

    -

    ⚙️ Widget Options​

    -
      -
    • -

      Date Format: Choose the preferred date format (for example, MM/dd/yyyy, dd-mm-yyyy, or dd/mm/yyyy) from the Format dropdown. This determines how the date appears to the signer.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Set Date: This option allows the user to set a default date, which will be displayed while signing the document.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Signing Date: When selected, the date on which the signer signs the document will be automatically displayed in the Date widget.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Clear: Removes the selected date setting.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Date Range

      -
        -
      • Min Date: Sets the earliest date the signer can select.
        • -
      • Max Date: Sets the latest date the signer can select.
        • -
      • Use Clear to remove the minimum or maximum date restrictions.
        • -
      -
      • -
    • -

      Required / Optional
      -Mark the widget as Required if the signer must fill it in before completing the signing, or Optional if it is not mandatory.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Font Settings -Customize the font size and text color to match the document’s style.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Read Only -Enable this option to display a date that cannot be edited by the signer.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Save -Click Save to apply all selected settings to the Date widget.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Text Input: The text input field is used to collect input from the signer. Signers can type their responses directly into this field. After placing the Text Input widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

      +

      4. Text Input​

      +

      The text input field is used to collect input from the signer. Signers can type their responses directly into this field. After placing the Text Input widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

      • Setting : The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:
          @@ -378,8 +289,6 @@ Click Save to apply all selected settings to the Date widget.
        -
        • -

      You can enter your regex pattern in the Validations field of the widget.
      (Optional reference: JavaScript RegExp guide)

      Conditional Logic:

      @@ -442,9 +351,7 @@ Then Show TextInput1

    -
      -
    • Number widget
      • -
    +

    5. Number widget​

    The Number widget is used to collect numeric input from the signer. It accepts only numeric values, helping ensure data accuracy and consistency. The Number widget also supports formulas, allowing you to perform automatic calculations using values from other Number widgets. After placing the Number widget, you will see the following options:

    • Settings: The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including: @@ -573,10 +480,106 @@ Then Show TextInput1

    +

    6. Name​

    +

    The name widget allows signers to add their name or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the name widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

      -
    • Cells
      -The Cells widget is ideal for documents that require input in a structured, table-like format, allowing the signer to fill in details within individual cells. After dragging and dropping the widget onto the document, you can adjust the number of cells by moving the blue marker.
      • +
    • +

      Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font.

      +

      Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Name widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the name widget.

      +
    +

    7. Job title​

    +

    The Job title widget allows signers to add their Job title or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the job title widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    +
      +
    • +

      Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font.

      +

      Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Job title widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the job title widget.

      +
      • +
    +

    8. Company​

    +

    The company widget allows signers to add their company or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the company widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    +
      +
    • +

      Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font.

      +

      Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Company widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the Company widget.

      +
      • +
    +

    9. Email​

    +

    The email widget is used to enter an email address during the signing process. It only accepts input in a valid email format. If the signer enters invalid text, a validation error will occur, and the document cannot be completed until it's corrected. After placing the email widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    +
      +
    • +

      Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font.

      +

      Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Email widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the email widget.

      +
      • +
    +
    +

    10. Date Widget​

    +

    The Date widget allows signers to enter a date while signing the document. Once the widget is placed, you can configure its behavior using the available settings in the Widget Info panel.

    +

    ⚙️ Widget Options​

    +
      +
    • +

      Date Format: Choose the preferred date format (for example, MM/dd/yyyy, dd-mm-yyyy, or dd/mm/yyyy) from the Format dropdown. This determines how the date appears to the signer.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Set Date: This option allows the user to set a default date, which will be displayed while signing the document.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Signing Date: When selected, the date on which the signer signs the document will be automatically displayed in the Date widget.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Clear: Removes the selected date setting.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Date Range

      +
        +
      • Min Date: Sets the earliest date the signer can select.
        • +
      • Max Date: Sets the latest date the signer can select.
        • +
      • Use Clear to remove the minimum or maximum date restrictions.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • +

      Required / Optional
      +Mark the widget as Required if the signer must fill it in before completing the signing, or Optional if it is not mandatory.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Font Settings +Customize the font size and text color to match the document’s style.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Read Only +Enable this option to display a date that cannot be edited by the signer.

      +
      • +
    • +

      Save +Click Save to apply all selected settings to the Date widget.

      +
      • +
    +

    11. Cells​

    +

    The Cells widget is ideal for documents that require input in a structured, table-like format, allowing the signer to fill in details within individual cells. After dragging and dropping the widget onto the document, you can adjust the number of cells by moving the blue marker.

    Cells widget

    The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including:

      @@ -603,9 +606,8 @@ Then Show TextInput1

      (Optional reference: JavaScript RegExp guide)

      request signatures
      -
        -
      • Checkbox: The checkbox widget is used to capture input in the form of a checkbox selection. Once you drop the checkbox widget, a popup will open where you can set the checkbox name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting the minimum and maximum checks, making the checkbox read-only, and hiding the label.
        • -
      +

      12. Checkbox​

      +

      The checkbox widget is used to capture input in the form of a checkbox selection. Once you drop the checkbox widget, a popup will open where you can set the checkbox name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting the minimum and maximum checks, making the checkbox read-only, and hiding the label.

      Conditional Logic

      The Checkbox widget supports Conditional Logic, allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets.

      Conditional Logic enables the Checkbox widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets.

      @@ -726,9 +728,8 @@ Then Show TextInput1

    -
      -
    • Dropdown: Once you drop the dropdown widget, a popup will open where you can set the dropdown name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value and marking the dropdown as required or optional.
      • -
    +

    13. Dropdown​

    +

    Once you drop the dropdown widget, a popup will open where you can set the dropdown name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value and marking the dropdown as required or optional.

    Conditional Logic​

    The Dropdown widget supports Conditional Logic, allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets.

    Conditional Logic enables the Dropdown widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets.

    @@ -824,9 +825,8 @@ Then Show TextInput1

    -
      -
    • Radio button: The radio button widget is used to capture input in the form of a radio button selection. Once you drop the radio button widget, a popup will open where you can set the radio button name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value, making the radio button read-only, and hiding the label.
      • -
    +

    14. Radio button​

    +

    The radio button widget is used to capture input in the form of a radio button selection. Once you drop the radio button widget, a popup will open where you can set the radio button name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value, making the radio button read-only, and hiding the label.

    Conditional Logic​

    The Radio Button widget supports Conditional Logic, allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets.

    Conditional Logic enables the Radio Button widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets.

    @@ -953,36 +953,15 @@ Then Show TextInput1

    -
      -
    • Image: The image widget allows signers to upload an image during the signing process. After placing the Image widget, you will see the options on the widget such as: +

      15. Image​

      +

      The image widget allows signers to upload an image during the signing process. After placing the Image widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

      • Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing.
      • Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Image widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.
      • Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the image widget.
      -
      • -
    -
      -
    • Email: The email widget is used to enter an email address during the signing process. It only accepts input in a valid email format. If the signer enters invalid text, a validation error will occur, and the document cannot be completed until it's corrected. After placing the email widget, you will see the options on the widget such as: -
        -
      • -

        Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font.

        -

        Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.

        -
        • -
      • -

        Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Email widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

        -
        • -
      • -

        Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the email widget.

        -
        • -
      -
      • -
    -
    -
      -
    • 📎 Attachment Widget
      • -
    +

    16. 📎 Attachment Widget​

    The Attachment Widget allows signers to upload supporting files directly while completing and signing a document. This is useful when additional documents or evidence are required as part of the signing workflow.

    • Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing. Additionally, you can add a hint or instruction to guide signers on what information or file is expected in the widget.
      • @@ -1083,6 +1062,6 @@ To navigate between pages of a document that you have uploaded either click on t
    • Signed documents can be accessed in the designated 'Root' folder or the one you have specified.

    If you require more help, feel free to reach out to our customer support on support@opensignlabs.com.

    -

    Happy signing with OpenSign™!

    +

    Happy signing with OpenSign™!

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/help/New-Document/sign-yourself/index.html b/docs/help/New-Document/sign-yourself/index.html index d5d463b4a..38a4a5003 100644 --- a/docs/help/New-Document/sign-yourself/index.html +++ b/docs/help/New-Document/sign-yourself/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Sign your-self | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/New-Document/widgets/index.html b/docs/help/New-Document/widgets/index.html index 9d2669f8a..e8397f25b 100644 --- a/docs/help/New-Document/widgets/index.html +++ b/docs/help/New-Document/widgets/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Widgets in OpenSign | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/create-document/index.html b/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/create-document/index.html index eb1c8bead..20c26a199 100644 --- a/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/create-document/index.html +++ b/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/create-document/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Docs & Folders | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/list-grid-view/index.html b/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/list-grid-view/index.html index 92692e7b9..2947a333c 100644 --- a/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/list-grid-view/index.html +++ b/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/list-grid-view/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Grid vs List view | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/organize-documents/index.html b/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/organize-documents/index.html index 069c8ee8c..a4cb88ab6 100644 --- a/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/organize-documents/index.html +++ b/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/organize-documents/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ OpenSign™ Drive Interface Documentation | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/rename-document/index.html b/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/rename-document/index.html index b5a947b0c..634e8d561 100644 --- a/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/rename-document/index.html +++ b/docs/help/OpenSign™ Drive/rename-document/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Rename documents from OpenSign™ Drive | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Reports/completed/index.html b/docs/help/Reports/completed/index.html index 59d8895d8..5f3b827dc 100644 --- a/docs/help/Reports/completed/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Reports/completed/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Completed | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Reports/contactbook/index.html b/docs/help/Reports/contactbook/index.html index 9310b27d7..8d185c63b 100644 --- a/docs/help/Reports/contactbook/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Reports/contactbook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Contactbook | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Reports/declined/index.html b/docs/help/Reports/declined/index.html index 305999201..ae0c06226 100644 --- a/docs/help/Reports/declined/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Reports/declined/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Declined | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Reports/drafts/index.html b/docs/help/Reports/drafts/index.html index 6f70a16ef..2c9c9cf7a 100644 --- a/docs/help/Reports/drafts/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Reports/drafts/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Drafts | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Reports/expired/index.html b/docs/help/Reports/expired/index.html index 9e93161c4..5f8d7a361 100644 --- a/docs/help/Reports/expired/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Reports/expired/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Expired | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Reports/in-progress/index.html b/docs/help/Reports/in-progress/index.html index 10a018295..b523a0341 100644 --- a/docs/help/Reports/in-progress/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Reports/in-progress/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ In Progress | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Reports/need-your-sign/index.html b/docs/help/Reports/need-your-sign/index.html index 0d808748e..589296200 100644 --- a/docs/help/Reports/need-your-sign/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Reports/need-your-sign/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Need your sign | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Settings/APIToken/index.html b/docs/help/Settings/APIToken/index.html index 6536d277b..ef83ac356 100644 --- a/docs/help/Settings/APIToken/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Settings/APIToken/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ API Token | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Settings/Custom-email-templates/index.html b/docs/help/Settings/Custom-email-templates/index.html index 45e7631da..f9f688d93 100644 --- a/docs/help/Settings/Custom-email-templates/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Settings/Custom-email-templates/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Custom email templates | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Settings/Preferences/index.html b/docs/help/Settings/Preferences/index.html index c6225a1de..2748362dc 100644 --- a/docs/help/Settings/Preferences/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Settings/Preferences/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Preferences | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Settings/SecurityManagement/index.html b/docs/help/Settings/SecurityManagement/index.html index 4386400a8..2cad4897e 100644 --- a/docs/help/Settings/SecurityManagement/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Settings/SecurityManagement/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Security | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Settings/Teams/index.html b/docs/help/Settings/Teams/index.html index 4c93a44bc..e5a40d720 100644 --- a/docs/help/Settings/Teams/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Settings/Teams/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Manage Teams | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Settings/Webhook/index.html b/docs/help/Settings/Webhook/index.html index c37d1fc08..f01d5de4d 100644 --- a/docs/help/Settings/Webhook/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Settings/Webhook/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Webhook | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Settings/disabledocumentid/index.html b/docs/help/Settings/disabledocumentid/index.html index 2a0c84c36..bec62a213 100644 --- a/docs/help/Settings/disabledocumentid/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Settings/disabledocumentid/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Disable DocumentId | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Settings/manage-users/index.html b/docs/help/Settings/manage-users/index.html index eeb7fbc0d..f1a7663c2 100644 --- a/docs/help/Settings/manage-users/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Settings/manage-users/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Manage users | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Settings/my-signature/index.html b/docs/help/Settings/my-signature/index.html index 429f52f09..b84473494 100644 --- a/docs/help/Settings/my-signature/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Settings/my-signature/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ My Signature | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Templates/create-template/index.html b/docs/help/Templates/create-template/index.html index 4f2c66619..be05db4b5 100644 --- a/docs/help/Templates/create-template/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Templates/create-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Create Templates | OpenSign™ - + @@ -198,41 +198,26 @@ Note: This feature is available exclusively on paid plans.
  • If the signer enters an incorrect access code, access to the document is denied. The signer must enter the correct 6-digit numeric access code provided by the document owner to continue.
    • -

    Assign Widgets to Roles: Click on each role to highlight it, then drag and drop the widget to assign it to that role.

    -
      -
    • [1] Assign signature widget: The signature widget is used to add a signature to the document. Each role must have at least one signature widget assigned.
      • -
    -

    Select the Role from the right side panel, click on the signature widget, and position it where the signature is required. You can place multiple signature widgets for each Role, as required.

    +

    Assign Widgets to Roles:​

    +

    Click on each role to highlight it, then drag and drop the widget to assign it to that role.

    +

    1. Signature widget​

    +

    The signature widget is used to add a signature to the document. Each role must have at least one signature widget assigned.
    +Select the Role from the right side panel, click on the signature widget, and position it where the signature is required. You can place multiple signature widgets for each Role, as required.

    After placing the Signature widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    • Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the signature widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.
      • -
    -

    After placing the Signature widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    -
      -
    • -

      Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the signature widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Copy Signature: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.

      +
    • Copy Signature: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.
      • All pages: It will copy the signature widget to all pages.
      • All pages but last: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the last page.
      • All pages but first: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the first page.
      • -
    • -

      Copy Signature: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.

      -
        -
      • All pages: It will copy the signature widget to all pages.
        • -
      • All pages but last: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the last page.
        • -
      • All pages but first: It will copy the signature widget to all pages except the first page.
      -
      • -
    • -

      [2] Add other widgets: Depending on your needs, you can include additional widgets such as:

      -
      • -
    • -

      Stamp: The stamp widget allows signers to add a stamp to the document. Signers can upload their stamp during the signing process. +

      Add other widgets:​

      +

      Depending on your needs, you can include additional widgets such as:

      +

      2. Stamp​

      +

      The stamp widget allows signers to add a stamp to the document. Signers can upload their stamp during the signing process. After placing the Stamp widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

      • Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing.
        • @@ -245,13 +230,18 @@ After placing the Stamp widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:<
    +

    3. Initials​

    +

    The initials widget allows signers to add their initials to the document. During the signing process, signers can draw, upload, or type their initials.

    +

    After placing the Initials widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

    +
      +
    • +

      Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing.

    • -

      Initials: The initials widget allows signers to add their initials to the document. During the signing process, signers can draw, upload, or type their initials. After placing the Initials widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

      -
        -
      • Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing.
        • -
      • Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Initials widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.
        • -
      • Copy Initials: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices. +

        Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Initials widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

        +
        • +
      • +

        Copy Initials: Clicking on this option reveals the following choices.

        • All pages : It will copy the initials widget to all pages.
        • All pages but last: It will copy the initials widget to all pages except the last page.
          • @@ -259,9 +249,222 @@ After placing the Stamp widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:<
      +
      +

      4. Text Input​

      +

      The text input field is used to collect input from the signer. Signers can type their responses directly into this field. +After placing the Text Input widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

      +
        +
      • Setting icon: The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including: +
          +
        • Choosing a font color
          • +
        • Setting the font size
          • +
        • Marking the field as required or optional
          • +
        • Providing a default value
          • +
        • Making the field read-only
          • +
        • Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.
          • +
        • Adding a hint, which will be displayed on the widget for better clarity
          • +
        • Custom Validations are also supported, including:
          • +
        • Predefined formats like SSN, email, or numeric values
          • +
        • Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions +For example: +
            +
          • ^\d+$ – allows only digits
            • +
          • ^[A-Z]+$ – allows only uppercase letters
            • +
          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      +

      You can enter your regex pattern in the Validations field of the widget.
      +(Optional reference: JavaScript RegExp guide)

      +Cells widget +

      Conditional Logic:

      +

      The Text Input widget also supports Conditional Logic, allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets. +Conditional Logic enables the Text Input widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets.

      +

      Depending on the configured rule, the Text Input field can:

      +
        +
      • Show the field
        • +
      • Hide the field
        • +
      • Make the field Required
        • +
      • Make the field Optional
        • +
      +conditional logic textinput +

      Supported Conditions​

      +

      The Text Input widget supports conditional logic based on the values of other widgets. +The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget.

      +

      Text Input​

      +

      Supported operators:

      +
        +
      • Equals
        • +
      • Does Not Equal
        • +
      +

      Example If the value entered in TextInput1 is equal to HR, then TextInput2 is displayed.

      +
      text Condition: TextInput1 = HR  
      Action: Show TextInput2
      +

      Number​

      +

      Supported operators:

      +
        +
      • Equals
        • +
      • Does Not Equal
        • +
      +

      Example +If number_widget1 = 5 +Then Show TextInput1

      +

      Any Condition (OR)​

      +

      When Any Condition (OR) is selected, the configured action is performed if at least one of the specified conditions is satisfied.

      +

      Example

      +

      text Condition 1: Number Field = 10 OR Condition 2: Checkbox = Checked

      +

      Action:

      +

      Show TextInput1

      +

      TextInput1 is displayed if either the Number field equals 10 or the Checkbox is checked.

      +

      Example​

      +
      PropertyValue
      Trigger WidgetNumber
      ConditionEquals
      Condition Value5
      Condition 2 checkboxchecked
      ActionShow TextInput1
      +

      Result

      +

      The configured TextInput1 widget becomes visible when either the Number field equals 10 or the Checkbox is checked.

      + +

      The Text Input widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:

      + +

      Additional Widget Options​

      +
        +
      • Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Text Input widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.
        • +
      • Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the Text Input widget.
        • +
      +
      +

      5. Number widget​

      +

      The Number widget is used to collect numeric input from the signer. It accepts only numeric values, helping ensure data accuracy and consistency. The Number widget also supports formulas, allowing you to perform automatic calculations using values from other Number widgets. After placing the Number widget, you will see the following options:

      +
        +
      • Settings: The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including: +
          +
        • Choosing a font color
          • +
        • Setting the font size
          • +
        • Marking the field as required or optional
          • +
        • Providing a default value
          • +
        • Making the field read-only
          • +
        • Adding a placeholder to guide the signer on the expected input
          • +
        • Assigning a unique Name to the widget. This name is used when referencing the widget in formulas. +
            +
          • Example: +
              +
            • number-1
              • +
            • subtotal
              • +
            • tax
              • +
            • grand_total
              • +
            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Defining a Formula to automatically calculate values using other Number widgets. +
            +
          • Example: +
            {{quantity}} * {{price}}
            +
            • +
          • Supported mathematical operators include: +
              +
            • + Addition
              • +
            • - Subtraction
              • +
            • * Multiplication
              • +
            • / Division
              • +
            • % Modulus (Remainder)
              • +
            • () Parentheses for grouping operations
              • +
            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      +

      Conditional Logic​

      +

      The Number widget also supports Conditional Logic, allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets.

      +

      Conditional Logic enables the Number widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets.

      +

      Depending on the configured rule, the Number widget can:

      +
        +
      • Show the field
        • +
      • Hide the field
        • +
      • Make the field Required
        • +
      • Make the field Optional
        • +
      +
      +

      Supported Conditions​

      +

      The Number widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets.

      +

      The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget.

      +

      Text Input​

      +

      Supported operators:

      +
        +
      • Equals
        • +
      • Does Not Equal
        • +
      +

      Example

      +

      If the value entered in TextInput1 is equal to HR, then Number1 is displayed.

      +
      Condition: TextInput1 = HR
      Action: Show Number1
      +
      +

      Number​

      +

      Supported operators:

      +
        +
      • Equals
        • +
      • Does Not Equal
        • +
      +

      Example

      +

      If Number1 equals 10, then Number2 is displayed.

      +
      Condition: Number1 = 10
      Action: Show Number2
      +
      +

      Any Condition (OR)​

      +

      When Any Condition (OR) is selected, the configured action is performed when at least one of the configured conditions is satisfied.

      +

      Example​

      +

      Conditions

      +
        +
      • Number Field = 10
        • +
      • OR
        • +
      • Checkbox = Checked
        • +
      +

      Action

      +

      Show Number1

      +

      Result

      +

      The configured Number1 widget is displayed when either of the following conditions is met:

      +
        +
      • The signer enters 10 in the Number field.
        • +
      • The signer checks the Checkbox.
        • +
      +
      +

      Configuration Example​

      +
      PropertyValue
      Condition TypeAny Condition (OR)
      Trigger Widget 1Number
      ConditionEquals
      Condition Value10
      Trigger Widget 2Checkbox
      ConditionIs Checked
      ActionShow Number1
      +

      Result

      +

      The configured Number1 widget becomes visible when either the Number field equals 10 or the Checkbox is checked.

      + +

      The Number widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:

      +
        +
      • +

        Text Input – Read more

      • -

        Name: The name widget allows signers to add their name or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. +

        Dropdown Widget – Read more

        +
        • +
      • +

        Checkbox Widget – Read more

        +
        • +
      • +

        Radio Button Widget – Read more

        +
        • +
      • +

        Number Widget Triggered by Another Number Widget - Read more

        +
        • +
      +

      Additional Widget Options​

      +
        +
      • +

        Add Signer / Change Signer: Click the first icon on the Number widget to assign the widget to a different signer. You can choose an existing signer or add a new recipient.

        +
        • +
      • +

        Copy: Click the Copy icon to duplicate the Number widget.

        +
        • +
      +
      +

      6. Name​

      +

      The name widget allows signers to add their name or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the name widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

      • @@ -275,9 +478,9 @@ After placing the name widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the name widget.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Job title: The Job title widget allows signers to add their Job title or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. +

      +

      7. Job title​

      +

      The Job title widget allows signers to add their Job title or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the job title widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

      • @@ -291,9 +494,9 @@ After placing the job title widget, you will see the options on the widget such

        Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the job title widget.

      -
      • -
    • -

      Company: The company widget allows signers to add their company or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. +

      +

      8. Company​

      +

      The company widget allows signers to add their company or any other text, functioning like a text field during the signing process. After placing the company widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

      • @@ -307,11 +510,24 @@ After placing the company widget, you will see the options on the widget such as

        Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the Company widget.

      +
      +

      9. Email​

      +

      The email widget is used to enter an email address during the signing process. It only accepts input in a valid email format. If the signer enters invalid text, a validation error will occur, and the document cannot be completed until it's corrected. +After placing the email widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

      +
        +
      • +

        Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font.

        +

        Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.

      • -

        Date Widget

        +

        Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Email widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

        +
        • +
      • +

        Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the email widget.

      +
      +

      10. Date Widget​

      The Date widget allows signers to enter a date while signing the document. Once the widget is placed, you can configure its behavior using the available settings in the Widget Info panel.

      ⚙️ Widget Options​

        @@ -351,51 +567,10 @@ Enable this option to display a date that cannot be edited by the signer.

        Save Click Save to apply all selected settings to the Date widget.

        -
      • -

        Text Input: The text input field is used to collect input from the signer. Signers can type their responses directly into this field. -After placing the Text Input widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

        -
          -
        • Setting icon: The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including: -
            -
          • Choosing a font color
            • -
          • Setting the font size
            • -
          • Marking the field as required or optional
            • -
          • Providing a default value
            • -
          • Making the field read-only
            • -
          • Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.
            • -
          • Adding a hint, which will be displayed on the widget for better clarity
            • -
          • Custom Validations are also supported, including:
            • -
          • Predefined formats like SSN, email, or numeric values -
              -
            • Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions -For example: -
                -
              • ^\d+$ – allows only digits
                • -
              • ^[A-Z]+$ – allows only uppercase letters
                • -
              -
              • -
            -
            • -
          -
          • -
        -
        • -
      -

      You can enter your regex pattern in the Validations field of the widget.
      -(Optional reference: JavaScript RegExp guide)

      -Cells widget -
        -
      • -

        Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Text Input widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

        -
        • -
      • -

        Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the Text Input widget.

        -
        • -
      • -

        Cells
        -The Cells widget is ideal for documents that require input in a structured, table-like format, allowing the signer to fill in details within individual cells. After dragging and dropping the widget onto the document, you can adjust the number of cells by moving the blue marker.

        -
      +
      +

      11. Cells​

      +

      The Cells widget is ideal for documents that require input in a structured, table-like format, allowing the signer to fill in details within individual cells. After dragging and dropping the widget onto the document, you can adjust the number of cells by moving the blue marker.

      Cells widget
      • Setting icon: The widget settings panel provides additional customization options, including: @@ -406,12 +581,12 @@ For example:
      • Marking the field as required or optional
      • Providing a default value
      • Making the field read-only
        • -
      • Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.
        • +
      • Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden. +
        • Adding a hint, which will be displayed on the widget for better clarity
        • Custom Validations are also supported, including:
        • Predefined formats like SSN, email, or numeric values
          • -
        • Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions -
            +
          • Custom JavaScript validations using regular expressions
          • For example:
          • ^\d+$ – allows only digits
          • ^[A-Z]+$ – allows only uppercase letters
            • @@ -424,64 +599,357 @@ For example: (Optional reference: JavaScript RegExp guide)

            request signatures
              -
            • -

              Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Cells widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

              -
              • -
            • -

              Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the cells widget.

              -
              • -
            • -

              Checkbox: The checkbox widget is used to capture input in the form of a checkbox selection. +

            • Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Cells widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.
              • +
            • Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the cells widget.
              • +
            +
            +

            12. Checkbox​

            +

            The checkbox widget is used to capture input in the form of a checkbox selection. Once you drop the checkbox widget, a popup will open where you can set the checkbox name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting the minimum and maximum checks, making the checkbox read-only, and hiding the label.

            +

            Conditional Logic

            +

            The Checkbox widget supports Conditional Logic, allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets.

            +

            Conditional Logic enables the Checkbox widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets.

            +

            Depending on the configured rule, the Checkbox field can:

            +
              +
            • Show the field
              • +
            • Hide the field
              • +
            • Make the field Required
              • +
            • Make the field Optional
              • +
            +
            +

            Supported Conditions​

            +

            The Checkbox widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets.

            +

            The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget.

            +

            Text Input​

            +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Equals
              • +
            • Does Not Equal
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If the value entered in TextInput1 is HR, then Checkbox1 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: TextInput1 = HR
            Action: Show Checkbox1
            +
            +

            Number​

            +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Equals
              • +
            • Does Not Equal
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If Number1 equals 10, then Checkbox1 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: Number1 = 10
            Action: Show Checkbox1
            +
            + +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Equals
              • +
            • Does Not Equal
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If the selected value of Dropdown1 is Manager, then Checkbox1 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager
            Action: Show Checkbox1
            +
            +

            Checkbox​

            +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Is Checked
              • +
            • Is Not Checked
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If Checkbox1 is checked, then Checkbox2 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: Checkbox1 is Checked
            Action: Show Checkbox2
            +

            Another example:

            +

            If Checkbox1 is not checked, then Checkbox2 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: Checkbox1 is Not Checked
            Action: Show Checkbox2
            +
            +

            Radio Button​

            +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Is Checked
              • +
            • Is Not Checked
              • +
            • Equals
              • +
            • Does Not Equal
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If Radio Button1 is checked, then Checkbox1 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: Radio Button1 is Checked
            Action: Show Checkbox1
            +
            +

            Any Condition (OR)​

            +

            When Any Condition (OR) is selected, the configured action is performed when at least one of the configured conditions is satisfied.

            +

            Example​

            +

            Conditions

            +
              +
            • Number Field = 10
              • +
            • OR
              • +
            • Checkbox = Checked
              • +
            +

            Action

            +

            Show Checkbox1

            +

            Result

            +

            The configured Checkbox1 widget is displayed when either of the following conditions is met:

            +
              +
            • The signer enters 10 in the Number field.
              • +
            • The signer checks the Checkbox.
              • +
            +
            +

            Configuration Example​

            +
            PropertyValue
            Condition TypeAny Condition (OR)
            Trigger Widget 1Number
            ConditionEquals
            Condition Value10
            Trigger Widget 2Checkbox
            ConditionIs Checked
            ActionShow Checkbox1
            +

            Result

            +

            The configured Checkbox1 widget becomes visible when either the Number field equals 10 or the Checkbox is checked.

            + +

            The Checkbox widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:

            + +

            Additional Widget Options​

            • Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the CheckBox widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.
            • Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the dropdown widget.
            +
            +

            13. **Dropdown​

            +

            Once you drop the dropdown widget, a popup will open where you can set the dropdown name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value and marking the dropdown as required or optional.

            +

            Conditional Logic​

            +

            The Dropdown widget supports Conditional Logic, allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets.

            +

            Conditional Logic enables the Dropdown widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets.

            +

            Depending on the configured rule, the Dropdown field can:

            +
              +
            • Show the field
              • +
            • Hide the field
              • +
            • Make the field Required
              • +
            • Make the field Optional
              • +
            +
            +

            Supported Conditions​

            +

            The Dropdown widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets.

            +

            The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget.

            +

            Text Input​

            +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Equals
              • +
            • Does Not Equal
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If the value entered in TextInput1 is equal to HR, then Dropdown1 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: TextInput1 = HR
            Action: Show Dropdown1
            +
            +

            Number​

            +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Equals
              • +
            • Does Not Equal
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If Number1 equals 10, then Dropdown1 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: Number1 = 10
            Action: Show Dropdown1
            +
            + +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Equals
              • +
            • Does Not Equal
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If the selected value of Dropdown1 is Manager, then Dropdown2 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager
            Action: Show Dropdown2
            +
            +

            Any Condition (OR)​

            +

            When Any Condition (OR) is selected, the configured action is performed when at least one of the configured conditions is satisfied.

            +

            Example​

            +

            Conditions

            +
              +
            • Number Field = 10
              • +
            • OR
              • +
            • Checkbox = Checked
              • +
            +

            Action

            +

            Show Dropdown1

            +

            Result

            +

            The configured Dropdown1 widget is displayed when either of the following conditions is met:

            +
              +
            • The signer enters 10 in the Number field.
              • +
            • The signer checks the Checkbox.
              • +
            +
            +

            Configuration Example​

            +
            PropertyValue
            Condition TypeAny Condition (OR)
            Trigger Widget 1Number
            ConditionEquals
            Condition Value10
            Trigger Widget 2Checkbox
            ConditionIs Checked
            ActionShow Dropdown1
            +

            Result

            +

            The configured Dropdown1 widget becomes visible when either the Number field equals 10 or the Checkbox is checked.

            + +

            The Dropdown widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:

            +
              +
            • +

              Text input – Read more

            • -

              Dropdown: Once you drop the dropdown widget, a popup will open where you can set the dropdown name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value and marking the dropdown as required or optional.

              +

              Number – Read more

              +
              • +
            • +

              Checkbox Widget – Read more

              +
              • +
            • +

              Radio Button Widget – Read more

              +
              • +
            • +

              Dropdown Triggered by Another Dropdown Read more

              +
              • +
            +

            Additional Widget Options​

            • Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Dropdown widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.
            • Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the dropdown widget.
            +
            +

            14. Radio button​

            +

            The radio button widget is used to capture input in the form of a radio button selection. +Once you drop the radio button widget, a popup will open where you can set the radio button name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value, making the radio button read-only, and hiding the label.

            +

            Conditional Logic​

            +

            The Radio Button widget supports Conditional Logic, allowing you to dynamically show, hide, make required, or make optional the field based on values entered or selected in other widgets.

            +

            Conditional Logic enables the Radio Button widget to respond dynamically based on values from other widgets.

            +

            Depending on the configured rule, the Radio Button field can:

            +
              +
            • Show the field
              • +
            • Hide the field
              • +
            • Make the field Required
              • +
            • Make the field Optional
              • +
            +
            +

            Supported Conditions​

            +

            The Radio Button widget supports Conditional Logic based on the values of other widgets.

            +

            The available conditions depend on the selected trigger widget.

            +

            Text Input​

            +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Equals
              • +
            • Does Not Equal
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If the value entered in TextInput1 is HR, then RadioButton1 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: TextInput1 = HR
            Action: Show RadioButton1
            +
            +

            Number​

            +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Equals
              • +
            • Does Not Equal
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If Number1 equals 10, then RadioButton1 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: Number1 = 10
            Action: Show RadioButton1
            +
            + +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Equals
              • +
            • Does Not Equal
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If the selected value of Dropdown1 is Manager, then RadioButton1 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: Dropdown1 = Manager
            Action: Show RadioButton1
            +
            +

            Checkbox​

            +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Is Checked
              • +
            • Is Not Checked
              • +
            +

            Example

            +

            If Checkbox1 is checked, then RadioButton1 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: Checkbox1 is Checked
            Action: Show RadioButton1
            +

            Another example:

            +

            If Checkbox1 is not checked, then RadioButton1 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: Checkbox1 is Not Checked
            Action: Show RadioButton1
            +
            +

            Radio Button​

            +

            Supported operators:

            +
              +
            • Is Checked
              • +
            • Is Not Checked
              • +
            • Equals
              • +
            • Does Not Equal
              • +
            +

            Example 1 – Using Is Checked​

            +

            If RadioButton1 is selected, then RadioButton2 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: RadioButton1 is Checked
            Action: Show RadioButton2
            +

            Example 2 – Using Equals​

            +

            If the selected value of RadioButton1 is Approved, then RadioButton2 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: RadioButton1 = Approved
            Action: Show RadioButton2
            +

            Example 3 – Using Does Not Equal​

            +

            If the selected value of RadioButton1 is not Approved, then RadioButton2 is displayed.

            +
            Condition: RadioButton1 Does Not Equal Approved
            Action: Show RadioButton2
            +
            +

            Any Condition (OR)​

            +

            When Any Condition (OR) is selected, the configured action is performed when at least one of the configured conditions is satisfied.

            +

            Example​

            +

            Conditions

            +
              +
            • Number Field = 10
              • +
            • OR
              • +
            • Checkbox = Checked
              • +
            +

            Action

            +

            Show RadioButton1

            +

            Result

            +

            The configured RadioButton1 widget is displayed when either of the following conditions is met:

            +
              +
            • The signer enters 10 in the Number field.
              • +
            • The signer checks the Checkbox.
              • +
            +
            +

            Configuration Example​

            +
            PropertyValue
            Condition TypeAny Condition (OR)
            Trigger Widget 1Number
            ConditionEquals
            Condition Value10
            Trigger Widget 2Checkbox
            ConditionIs Checked
            ActionShow RadioButton1
            +

            Result

            +

            The configured RadioButton1 widget becomes visible when either the Number field equals 10 or the Checkbox is checked.

            + +

            The Radio Button widget also supports Conditional Logic using the following trigger widgets:

            +
              +
            • +

              Text Input Widget – Read more

            • -

              Radio button: The radio button widget is used to capture input in the form of a radio button selection. -Once you drop the radio button widget, a popup will open where you can set the radio button name and options. Additionally, there are a few options available such as setting a default value, making the radio button read-only, and hiding the label.

              +

              Number Widget – Read more

              +
              • +
            • +

              Dropdown Widget – Read more

              +
              • +
            • +

              Checkbox Widget – Read more

              +
              • +
            • +

              Radio Button Triggered by Another Radio Button – Read more

              +
              • +
            +

            Additional Widget Options​

            • Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Radio button widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.
            • Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the radio button widget.
            - -
          • -

            Image: The image widget allows signers to upload an image during the signing process. +

            +

            15. Image​

            +

            The image widget allows signers to upload an image during the signing process. After placing the Image widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

            • Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing.
            • Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Image widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.
            • Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the image widget.
            -
            • -
          • -

            Email: The email widget is used to enter an email address during the signing process. It only accepts input in a valid email format. If the signer enters invalid text, a validation error will occur, and the document cannot be completed until it's corrected. -After placing the email widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:

            -
              -
            • -

              Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can set the color and font.

              -

              Hide text with asterisks: **"which masks the entered text (*) to protect sensitive information while filling out the document. The final embedded document will also display the text as asterisks, keeping the actual value hidden.

              -
              • -
            • -

              Add Signer/Change Signer: Clicking the first icon on the Email widget allows you to change the signer. You can choose from existing signers in the dropdown or add a new signer.

              -
              • -
            • -

              Copy : Clicking on this you can duplicate the email widget.

              -
              • -
            -
            • -
          • -

            📎 Attachment Widget

            -
            • -
          +
          +

          16. 📎 Attachment Widget​

          The Attachment Widget allows signers to upload supporting files directly while completing and signing a document. This is useful when additional documents or evidence are required as part of the signing workflow.

          • Setting icon: By clicking on the option, you can specify whether this widget is mandatory or optional during the document signing. Additionally, you can add a hint or instruction to guide signers on what information or file is expected in the widget.
            • @@ -509,6 +977,7 @@ After placing the email widget, you will see the options on the widget such as:<

            Note: All uploaded attachments become part of the completed document package, making it easier to store, review, and share the signed document along with its supporting files.

            +

            📄 Edit Template​

            At the top of the Create Template panel, you’ll find a settings (gear) icon. Clicking this icon opens the Edit Template Details panel, where you can modify various details of your template.

            edit template details @@ -578,6 +1047,6 @@ Clik on the submit button to save the edits.
          • You can access your signed documents in the folder you've selected by visiting OpenSign™ Drive anytime. You can also access the documents from reports section.

          If you require more help, feel free to reach out to our customer support on support@opensignlabs.com.

          -

          Happy signing with OpenSign™!

          +

          Happy signing with OpenSign™!

          \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/help/Templates/embed-template/index.html b/docs/help/Templates/embed-template/index.html index fe58c995b..0e7776fba 100644 --- a/docs/help/Templates/embed-template/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Templates/embed-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Embedding OpenSign templates | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Templates/manage-templates/index.html b/docs/help/Templates/manage-templates/index.html index 6a5ad0159..da346f2ea 100644 --- a/docs/help/Templates/manage-templates/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Templates/manage-templates/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Manage Templates | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Templates/publicTemplate/index.html b/docs/help/Templates/publicTemplate/index.html index 3dcc781a7..e09d81a29 100644 --- a/docs/help/Templates/publicTemplate/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Templates/publicTemplate/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Setting up an OpenSign template for public signing | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Templates/quick-send/index.html b/docs/help/Templates/quick-send/index.html index 61dc4b104..96a676d63 100644 --- a/docs/help/Templates/quick-send/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Templates/quick-send/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Bulk Document Send for Signature Using Template | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/Templates/use-template/index.html b/docs/help/Templates/use-template/index.html index 3b130fb38..def0fec89 100644 --- a/docs/help/Templates/use-template/index.html +++ b/docs/help/Templates/use-template/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Use template to create documents | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/analystics/index.html b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/analystics/index.html index 72e3eb218..1c618788d 100644 --- a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/analystics/index.html +++ b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/analystics/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Analytics | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/branding/index.html b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/branding/index.html index 6f5fc8350..254e6f402 100644 --- a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/branding/index.html +++ b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/branding/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Branding | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/custom_filestorage/index.html b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/custom_filestorage/index.html index 087d19e51..eec85ee55 100644 --- a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/custom_filestorage/index.html +++ b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/custom_filestorage/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Custom File Storage | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/emails/index.html b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/emails/index.html index 5c5947a1d..397ebaf7e 100644 --- a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/emails/index.html +++ b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/emails/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Mail | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/general/index.html b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/general/index.html index ecf32ffc6..fd86876b5 100644 --- a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/general/index.html +++ b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/general/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ General | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/globalSMTP/index.html b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/globalSMTP/index.html index ff7832d11..48680a2d6 100644 --- a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/globalSMTP/index.html +++ b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/globalSMTP/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Global SMTP | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/orgadmin/index.html b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/orgadmin/index.html index 599055505..4e2c07ed3 100644 --- a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/orgadmin/index.html +++ b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/orgadmin/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Org Admins | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/organizations/index.html b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/organizations/index.html index 349193416..fc521c8aa 100644 --- a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/organizations/index.html +++ b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/organizations/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Organizations | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/signing_certificate/index.html b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/signing_certificate/index.html index 4f4b55d95..0e76d3b7f 100644 --- a/docs/help/User Menu/Console/signing_certificate/index.html +++ b/docs/help/User Menu/Console/signing_certificate/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Custom Signing Certificate | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/User Menu/Profile/index.html b/docs/help/User Menu/Profile/index.html index 1be9bc5bb..5ddc4f62c 100644 --- a/docs/help/User Menu/Profile/index.html +++ b/docs/help/User Menu/Profile/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Profile | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/help/intro/index.html b/docs/help/intro/index.html index 56747cec8..a6c52696e 100644 --- a/docs/help/intro/index.html +++ b/docs/help/intro/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Intro | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/intro/index.html b/docs/intro/index.html index 0d4df3fbf..ecfe11234 100644 --- a/docs/intro/index.html +++ b/docs/intro/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Tutorial Intro | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/self-host/One-click-Install/DigitalOcean/index.html b/docs/self-host/One-click-Install/DigitalOcean/index.html index 48bc7279d..ed8085655 100644 --- a/docs/self-host/One-click-Install/DigitalOcean/index.html +++ b/docs/self-host/One-click-Install/DigitalOcean/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Digital Ocean | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/self-host/cloud-storage/s3/index.html b/docs/self-host/cloud-storage/s3/index.html index d746826a8..57ede3253 100644 --- a/docs/self-host/cloud-storage/s3/index.html +++ b/docs/self-host/cloud-storage/s3/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ AWS S3 | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/self-host/docker/run-locally/index.html b/docs/self-host/docker/run-locally/index.html index 9dec5c54c..b266125ca 100644 --- a/docs/self-host/docker/run-locally/index.html +++ b/docs/self-host/docker/run-locally/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Self-host OpenSign™ with Docker on Linux/MacOS/Windows | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/self-host/docker/upgrade-deployment/index.html b/docs/self-host/docker/upgrade-deployment/index.html index 914fcabe2..f9efb8a9f 100644 --- a/docs/self-host/docker/upgrade-deployment/index.html +++ b/docs/self-host/docker/upgrade-deployment/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ OpenSign™ Self-Hosted 'Upgrade Deployment' Guide Using Docker on Linux, macOS, or Windows | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/self-host/guides/azure-vm-setup/index.html b/docs/self-host/guides/azure-vm-setup/index.html index 9016f93fc..dca190a1b 100644 --- a/docs/self-host/guides/azure-vm-setup/index.html +++ b/docs/self-host/guides/azure-vm-setup/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ OpenSign Deployment Guide on Azure VM via command-line | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/self-host/guides/env-variables/index.html b/docs/self-host/guides/env-variables/index.html index 2adce1010..d0f59ab51 100644 --- a/docs/self-host/guides/env-variables/index.html +++ b/docs/self-host/guides/env-variables/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ ENV variables which are used to setup OpenSign™ with Docker on Localhost | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/self-host/guides/how-to-generate-self-signed-document-signing-certificate/index.html b/docs/self-host/guides/how-to-generate-self-signed-document-signing-certificate/index.html index b0fa84445..7fd76eb31 100644 --- a/docs/self-host/guides/how-to-generate-self-signed-document-signing-certificate/index.html +++ b/docs/self-host/guides/how-to-generate-self-signed-document-signing-certificate/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ How to generate self-signed document signing certificate? | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/self-host/guides/upgrade-to-v2.1.0/index.html b/docs/self-host/guides/upgrade-to-v2.1.0/index.html index c8596f25e..defdd8afa 100644 --- a/docs/self-host/guides/upgrade-to-v2.1.0/index.html +++ b/docs/self-host/guides/upgrade-to-v2.1.0/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ How to upgrade self-hosted OpenSign to v2.1.0? | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/docs/self-host/intro/index.html b/docs/self-host/intro/index.html index c9b88900a..37c34f36b 100644 --- a/docs/self-host/intro/index.html +++ b/docs/self-host/intro/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Self-Hosting OpenSign | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/index.html b/index.html index 488b73e7c..94449ef41 100644 --- a/index.html +++ b/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Official OpenSign™ Docs - tutorials, API documentation, self-host help & much more. | OpenSign™ - + diff --git a/markdown-page/index.html b/markdown-page/index.html index 9737b684d..786f86945 100644 --- a/markdown-page/index.html +++ b/markdown-page/index.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Markdown page example | OpenSign™ - +